1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15381 46545))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil
)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil
)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil
)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil
)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
42 Mutate the result." t nil
)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil
)
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67 This version was built on Date: 2002/05/21 11:58:02 .
69 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
72 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
73 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
75 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
76 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
78 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
79 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
81 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
83 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
84 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
86 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
87 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
89 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
90 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
91 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
92 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
93 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
96 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
98 If you use find-file.el:
99 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
101 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
102 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
103 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
105 If you use ada-xref.el:
106 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
107 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
108 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil
)
112 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
113 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
116 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
117 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil
)
121 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
122 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
125 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
126 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
127 Completion is available." t nil
)
131 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
132 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
133 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
134 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15583 56451))
135 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
138 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
142 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
143 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
144 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
145 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
146 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
148 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
149 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil
)
151 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
152 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
154 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
155 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
156 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
157 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
159 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
160 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
161 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
163 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
164 current buffer to the complete file name.
165 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil
)
167 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
189 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil
)
192 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
193 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
194 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
195 the change log file in another window." t nil
)
196 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
198 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
199 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
200 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
201 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
202 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
203 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil
)
205 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
206 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
208 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
209 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
211 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
212 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
214 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
215 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
217 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
218 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
220 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
221 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
222 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
223 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
224 `add-log-current-defun-function'
226 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil
)
228 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands).
233 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
234 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil
)
236 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
237 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil
)
241 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
242 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15656
244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
246 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
247 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
248 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
249 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
250 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
251 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
252 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
253 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
254 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
255 interpreted as `error'.")
257 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
258 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
259 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
260 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
261 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
262 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
263 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
264 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
267 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
268 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
269 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
270 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
271 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
272 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
273 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
274 will be overwritten with the new one.
275 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
276 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
277 will clear the cache." nil nil
)
279 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
280 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
281 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
283 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
284 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
287 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
288 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
289 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
290 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
291 see also `ad-add-advice'.
292 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
293 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
294 before/around/after-advices will be used.
295 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
296 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
297 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
298 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
299 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
300 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
302 Semantics of the various flags:
303 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
304 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
305 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
307 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
308 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
310 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
311 advised function should be compiled.
313 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
314 during activation until somebody enables it.
316 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
317 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
318 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
319 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
321 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
322 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
323 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
324 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
325 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
328 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil
(quote macro
))
332 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
333 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
334 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15567 23556))
335 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
337 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
338 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
339 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
340 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
341 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
342 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
343 rule's `separate' attribute).
345 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
346 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
347 `separate' attribute set.
349 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
350 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
351 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
352 on the format of these lists." t nil
)
354 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
355 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
356 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
357 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
358 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
359 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
360 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
361 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
362 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
363 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
366 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
367 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
371 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
374 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
375 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
376 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil
)
378 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
379 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
380 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
381 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
382 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
383 align that section." t nil
)
385 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
386 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
387 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
388 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
389 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
390 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
391 been used to align that section." t nil
)
393 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
394 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
395 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
396 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
397 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
398 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
399 to be colored." t nil
)
401 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
402 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil
)
404 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
405 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil
)
409 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
410 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15664 47249))
411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
413 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
415 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
416 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
417 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
418 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
419 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
420 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil
)
422 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil
)
424 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) (quote file-remote-p
) t
)
428 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
429 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15220 9096))
430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
432 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
433 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
434 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
435 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
436 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
437 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
438 in the current window." nil nil
)
440 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
441 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
442 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil
)
444 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
445 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil
)
449 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
450 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15583 13478))
451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
453 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
454 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil
)
456 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
457 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
459 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
460 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
461 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
462 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
464 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
465 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
467 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil
)
471 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
472 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15408 52215))
473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
475 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
476 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
477 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
478 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
479 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
482 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
483 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
484 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
487 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
488 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
489 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
490 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil
)
492 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
493 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
494 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil
)
496 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
497 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
498 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil
)
502 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
503 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
504 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
505 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15651 7288))
506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
508 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
509 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
510 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
511 as the first thing on a line.")
513 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
514 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
516 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
517 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
519 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
520 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
522 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
523 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
525 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
526 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
528 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
529 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
531 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
532 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
533 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
535 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
536 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
537 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil
)
539 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
540 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil
)
542 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
543 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
544 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
545 put in the appointments list.
549 10:00am group meeting
550 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
551 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
552 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil
)
556 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
557 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15597
559 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
561 (autoload (quote apropos-mode
) "apropos" "\
562 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
564 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil
)
566 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
567 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
568 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
569 normal variables." t nil
)
571 (fset (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
573 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
574 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
575 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
576 noninteractive functions.
578 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
579 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil
)
581 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
582 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
583 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
584 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
585 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
587 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
588 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
589 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
590 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
591 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil
)
593 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
594 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
595 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
596 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
598 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
602 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15591
604 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
606 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
607 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
608 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
609 Letters no longer insert themselves.
610 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
611 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
613 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
614 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
617 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil
)
621 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15425 19755))
622 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
624 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
625 Major mode for editing arrays.
627 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
628 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
629 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
631 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
633 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
634 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
635 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
637 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
638 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
639 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
640 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
643 Variables you assign:
644 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
645 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
646 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
647 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
648 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
649 row numbers in the buffer.
651 Variables which are calculated:
652 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
653 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
655 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
656 take a numeric prefix argument):
658 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
659 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
660 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
661 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
663 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
664 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
665 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
666 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
668 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
669 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
670 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
671 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
673 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
674 between that of point and mark.
676 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
677 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
679 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
680 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
681 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
682 newlines inside rows)
684 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
686 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil
)
690 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15651
692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
694 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
695 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
696 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
697 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
699 How to quit artist mode
701 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
704 How to submit a bug report
706 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
709 Drawing with the mouse:
712 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
713 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
717 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
720 Operation Not shifted Shifted
721 --------------------------------------------------------------
722 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
724 --------------------------------------------------------------
725 Line Line in any direction Straight line
726 --------------------------------------------------------------
727 Rectangle Rectangle Square
728 --------------------------------------------------------------
729 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
730 --------------------------------------------------------------
731 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
732 --------------------------------------------------------------
733 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
734 --------------------------------------------------------------
735 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
736 --------------------------------------------------------------
737 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
738 --------------------------------------------------------------
739 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
741 --------------------------------------------------------------
742 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
743 --------------------------------------------------------------
744 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
745 --------------------------------------------------------------
747 --------------------------------------------------------------
748 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
749 --------------------------------------------------------------
751 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
754 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
755 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
756 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
757 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
760 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
761 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
762 overwrite means the opposite.
764 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
765 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
766 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
768 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
770 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
771 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
773 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
774 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
775 are currently drawing something.
777 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
781 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
782 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
787 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
789 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
791 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
793 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
795 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
796 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
798 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
803 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
804 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
805 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
806 When erase characters: toggles erasing
807 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
810 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
812 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
814 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
815 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
816 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
817 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
818 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
819 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
824 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
825 of the line/poly-line
827 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
828 of the line/poly-line
833 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
835 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
836 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
837 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
838 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
839 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
840 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
841 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
842 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
843 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
844 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
845 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
846 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
847 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
848 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
849 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
850 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
851 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
852 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
853 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
854 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
859 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
860 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
862 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
863 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
864 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
865 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
866 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
867 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
868 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
869 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
870 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
871 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
872 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
873 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
874 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
875 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
876 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
877 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
878 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
879 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
880 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
884 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
885 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
890 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil
)
894 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
898 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
899 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
900 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
902 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
903 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
904 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
905 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
907 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
908 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
910 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
911 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
913 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
921 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
922 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
925 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
928 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
929 This command is obsolete." t nil
)
933 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
934 ;;;;;; (14651 24723))
935 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
937 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
938 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
939 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
941 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
943 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg
) (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
945 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
947 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
948 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
949 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
951 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
952 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
953 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
954 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
955 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
956 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
959 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
960 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
961 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
962 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
963 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
965 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil
)
967 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
968 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
969 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
971 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
973 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp
) (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
975 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
977 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
978 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
979 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
980 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
981 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
982 &c to supply digit arguments.
984 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil
)
988 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
989 ;;;;;; (15327 25266))
990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
992 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
993 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil
)
997 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
998 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15567 16400))
999 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1001 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1002 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1003 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil
)
1005 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1006 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1007 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1008 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil
)
1010 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1011 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1012 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1013 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1014 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1016 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert
) (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1018 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote autoinsert
))
1020 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1021 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1022 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1023 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1025 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1026 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil
)
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1031 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1032 ;;;;;; (15428 59181))
1033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1035 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1036 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1037 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1038 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil
)
1040 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories
) "autoload" "\
1041 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1042 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil
)
1044 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1045 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1046 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil
)
1050 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1051 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 21129))
1052 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1054 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1055 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1056 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1058 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1059 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1061 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1062 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1063 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil
)
1065 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1066 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1068 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1069 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil
)
1071 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1072 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1073 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1074 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1075 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1077 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert
) (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1079 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote autorevert
))
1081 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1082 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1084 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1085 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1086 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil
)
1090 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1091 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15197 22088))
1092 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1094 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1095 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1096 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1098 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1100 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid
) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1102 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote avoid
))
1104 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1105 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1106 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1107 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1109 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1110 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1111 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1113 Effects of the different modes:
1114 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1115 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1116 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1117 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1118 a random distance & direction.
1119 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1120 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1121 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1123 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1125 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1126 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1127 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil
)
1131 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15303
1133 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1135 (autoload (quote awk-mode
) "awk-mode" "\
1136 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1137 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1138 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1139 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1141 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil
)
1145 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1146 ;;;;;; (15251 14241))
1147 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1149 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1150 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1152 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1153 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1157 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1158 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1159 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1160 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1162 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil
(quote macro
))
1164 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1168 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1169 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1170 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1172 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1173 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1174 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1175 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil
)
1177 (autoload (quote display-battery
) "battery" "\
1178 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1179 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1180 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1181 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1186 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15630
1188 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1190 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1191 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1193 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1194 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1195 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1196 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1200 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1202 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1203 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1204 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1205 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1206 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1208 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1209 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1210 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1211 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1212 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1213 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1215 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1216 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1220 Special information:
1222 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1224 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1225 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1226 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1227 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1228 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1229 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1231 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1232 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1234 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1235 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1236 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1237 bibtex-entry-format.
1238 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1239 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1240 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1242 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1243 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1245 The following may be of interest as well:
1253 bibtex-complete-string
1255 bibtex-print-help-message
1256 bibtex-generate-autokey
1257 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1259 bibtex-reposition-window
1261 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1263 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1269 bibtex-convert-alien
1272 bibtex-field-delimiters
1273 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1274 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1275 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1277 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1278 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1279 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1280 bibtex-predefined-strings
1283 ---------------------------------------------------------
1284 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1287 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil
)
1291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15455 34046))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1294 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1298 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15393
1300 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1302 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1304 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1308 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1309 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1310 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1311 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1312 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1317 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1318 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1321 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1324 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1325 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1327 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1328 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1330 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1331 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1332 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1333 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1334 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1335 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1339 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1341 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1342 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1343 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1344 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1346 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1347 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1348 denoted by the letter `R'.
1350 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1351 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1352 denoted by the letter `H'.
1354 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1357 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1358 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1359 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1360 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1361 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1362 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1365 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1366 degree deflection it causes.
1369 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1370 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1371 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1372 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1374 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1375 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1376 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1379 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1380 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1383 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1384 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1385 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1386 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1387 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1388 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1390 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1392 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1393 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1394 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1395 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1396 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1397 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1398 emerging from the box.
1400 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1402 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1403 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1404 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1405 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1406 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1407 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1408 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1409 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1411 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1412 a reflection." t nil
)
1416 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1417 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1418 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1419 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1420 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1421 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15625 11767))
1422 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1423 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1424 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1425 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1427 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1428 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1429 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1430 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1431 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1432 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1434 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map
))
1436 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" (quote bookmark-set
))
1438 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" (quote bookmark-set
))
1440 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1442 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1444 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" (quote bookmark-insert
))
1446 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" (quote edit-bookmarks
))
1448 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1450 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" (quote bookmark-rename
))
1452 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" (quote bookmark-delete
))
1454 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" (quote bookmark-load
))
1456 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" (quote bookmark-write
))
1458 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" (quote bookmark-save
))
1460 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1461 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1462 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1463 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1464 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1465 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1466 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1467 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1470 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1471 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1472 yank successive words.
1474 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1475 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1476 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1477 name of the file being visited.
1479 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1480 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1481 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil
)
1483 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1484 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1485 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1486 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1487 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1490 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1491 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1492 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1493 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil
)
1495 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1496 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1497 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1498 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1499 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil
)
1501 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1502 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1503 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1504 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil
)
1506 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1508 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1509 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1510 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1511 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1513 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1514 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1515 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1517 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1518 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1521 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1522 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1523 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1524 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1525 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1528 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1529 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1530 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1531 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1532 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1533 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1534 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1535 probably because we were called from there." t nil
)
1537 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1538 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1539 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil
)
1541 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1542 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1543 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1544 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1547 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1548 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1549 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1550 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1551 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1553 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1554 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1555 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1556 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil
)
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1559 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1560 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1561 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1562 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1565 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1566 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1567 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1568 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1569 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1572 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1573 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1574 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1575 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil
)
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1578 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1579 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1580 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1581 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil
)
1583 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1585 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1587 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1588 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1589 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1590 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1591 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1594 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1595 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1596 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1598 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1599 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1600 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1601 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1602 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1605 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1606 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1607 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1609 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate
) "bookmark" "\
1610 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1611 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1613 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1614 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1615 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1617 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1618 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1619 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1620 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1621 prompts for NEWNAME.
1622 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1623 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1624 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1626 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1627 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1630 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1631 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1632 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1634 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1635 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1636 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1637 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1638 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1639 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1641 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1642 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1643 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1645 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1647 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
)))
1649 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1651 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1653 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1655 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1657 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1659 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1661 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1663 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1665 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1667 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1671 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1672 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1673 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1674 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1675 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1676 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1677 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1678 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1679 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1680 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1681 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15640 49863))
1682 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1684 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1685 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1686 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1687 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1689 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1690 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1691 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1692 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1693 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1695 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1696 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1698 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1699 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1701 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1702 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1703 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1704 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1705 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1707 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1708 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1709 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1711 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1712 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1714 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1715 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1716 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1717 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1718 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1719 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1721 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1722 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1723 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1724 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1727 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1728 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1730 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1731 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1733 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1734 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1735 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1736 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1738 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1739 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1740 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1741 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1743 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1744 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1745 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1746 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1747 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1750 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1751 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1752 Default to the URL around or before point.
1754 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1755 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1756 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1757 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1759 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1760 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1762 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1763 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil)
1765 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1766 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1767 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1768 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1770 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1771 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1772 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1773 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1775 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1776 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1778 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1779 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1780 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1781 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1783 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1784 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1785 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1786 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1788 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1789 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1791 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1792 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1793 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1794 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1796 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1797 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1798 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1799 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1801 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1802 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1803 new tab in an existing window instead.
1805 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1806 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1808 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1809 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1810 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1811 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1813 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1814 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1815 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1816 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1818 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1819 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1821 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1822 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1824 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1825 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1826 program is invoked according to the variable
1827 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1829 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1830 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1831 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1832 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1834 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1835 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1837 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1838 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1839 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1841 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1842 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1843 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1844 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1846 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1847 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1848 Default to the URL around or before point.
1850 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1851 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1852 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1854 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1855 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1856 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1857 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1859 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1860 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1862 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1863 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1864 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1866 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1867 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1868 Default to the URL around or before point.
1870 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1871 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1872 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1874 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1875 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1877 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1878 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1879 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1880 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1882 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1883 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1884 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1885 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1886 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1888 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1889 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1890 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1891 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1893 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1894 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1895 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1896 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1898 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1899 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1901 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1902 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1903 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1905 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1906 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1907 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1908 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1909 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1912 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1913 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1914 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1915 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1917 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1918 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1920 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1921 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1922 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1923 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1924 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1925 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1927 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1928 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1929 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1933 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15387
1935 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1937 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1938 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1940 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1941 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1945 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1946 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15354 40500))
1947 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1949 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1950 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1951 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1952 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1954 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1955 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1956 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1957 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1959 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1960 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1962 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1963 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1965 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1966 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1967 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1968 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1970 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1971 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1972 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1973 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1974 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1978 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1979 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15412
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1983 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1984 Keymap used by buttons.")
1986 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1987 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1988 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1990 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1991 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1992 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1993 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1994 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1995 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
1997 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
1998 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
1999 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2000 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
2002 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2003 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2004 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2005 specifying properties to add to the button.
2006 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2007 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2008 `define-button-type'.
2010 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
2012 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2013 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2014 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2015 specifying properties to add to the button.
2016 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2017 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2018 `define-button-type'.
2020 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
2022 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2023 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2024 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2025 specifying properties to add to the button.
2026 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2027 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2028 `define-button-type'.
2030 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2031 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2032 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2035 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
2037 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2038 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2039 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2040 specifying properties to add to the button.
2041 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2042 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2043 `define-button-type'.
2045 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2046 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2047 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2048 `insert-text-button'.
2050 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
2054 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2055 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2056 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2057 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2058 ;;;;;; (15673 57912))
2059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2061 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2062 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2063 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
2065 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2066 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2067 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2068 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2070 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2071 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2072 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2073 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2074 whether to compile it.
2076 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2078 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2079 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2081 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2082 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2083 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2084 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2085 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2087 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2088 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2089 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2090 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2092 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2093 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2094 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2096 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2097 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2098 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2099 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2100 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2101 all functions called by those functions.
2103 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2104 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2107 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2108 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2109 invoked interactively." t nil)
2111 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2112 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2113 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2114 it won't work in an interactive Emacs." nil nil)
2116 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2117 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2118 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2119 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2120 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2121 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2122 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2123 already up-to-date." nil nil)
2125 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2126 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2127 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2128 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15186 39912))
2133 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2135 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2137 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2141 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2142 ;;;;;; (15533 28772))
2143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2145 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2146 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2147 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2148 from the cursor position." t nil)
2152 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2153 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2154 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15623
2156 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2158 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2159 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2161 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2162 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2164 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2165 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2166 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2167 If nil, use original installation directory.
2168 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2170 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2171 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2173 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2174 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2176 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2177 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2178 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2180 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2181 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details." t nil)
2183 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2184 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\"." t nil)
2186 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2187 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window." t nil)
2189 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2190 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator." t nil)
2192 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2193 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2194 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2195 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form." nil nil)
2197 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2198 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2199 This is most useful in the X window system.
2200 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2201 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press." t nil)
2203 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2204 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2205 See calc-keypad for details." t nil)
2207 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2208 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2210 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2211 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2213 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2214 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point." t nil)
2216 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2217 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2218 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto." t nil)
2220 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" nil nil (quote macro))
2224 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2225 ;;;;;; (15605 43432))
2226 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2228 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2229 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc." nil nil)
2233 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15453
2235 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2237 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2238 Run the Emacs calculator.
2239 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2243 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2244 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2245 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2246 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2247 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2248 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2249 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2250 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2251 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2252 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2253 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2254 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2255 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2256 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2257 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2258 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2259 ;;;;;; (15533 28773))
2260 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2262 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2263 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2264 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2266 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2267 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2268 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2269 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2272 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2273 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2274 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2275 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2276 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2278 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2279 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2280 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2281 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2282 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2283 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2284 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2286 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2287 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2288 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2289 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2290 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2292 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2293 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2294 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2296 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2297 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2298 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2300 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2301 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2302 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2304 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2305 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2306 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2309 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2310 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2311 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2313 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2314 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2315 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2317 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2319 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2320 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2321 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2323 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2326 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2327 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2328 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2330 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2333 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2334 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2335 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2337 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2338 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2339 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2340 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2341 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2343 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2344 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2345 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2346 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2347 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2348 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2349 a function is also provided for this:
2350 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2352 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2353 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2354 date is not visible in the window.
2356 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2357 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2358 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2360 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2361 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2363 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2364 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2365 date is visible in the window.
2367 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2368 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2369 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2371 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2372 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2376 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2378 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2380 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2381 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2383 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2391 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2392 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2393 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2394 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2395 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2396 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2397 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2398 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2401 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2402 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2403 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2411 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2412 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2414 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2415 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2416 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2417 window but will appear in a diary window.
2419 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2420 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2422 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2423 entries (in the default American style):
2425 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2426 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2427 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2429 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2430 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2431 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2432 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2433 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2434 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2435 &* 15 time cards due.
2437 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2438 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2439 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2443 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2444 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2445 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2446 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2447 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2448 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2450 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2451 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2452 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2454 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2456 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2458 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2459 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2460 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2461 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2462 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2463 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2464 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2465 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2466 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2468 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2469 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2470 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2471 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2472 for these functions for details.
2474 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2475 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2477 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2478 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2480 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2481 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2483 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2484 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2486 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2487 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2488 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2490 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2491 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2492 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2494 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2495 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2496 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2497 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2499 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2500 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2501 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2502 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2510 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2511 characters with or without a period.")
2513 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2514 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2515 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2517 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2518 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2519 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2521 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2522 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2523 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2525 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2526 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2527 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2529 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2530 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2531 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2532 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2533 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2534 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2536 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2537 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2538 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2540 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2541 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2542 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2545 #include \"filename\"
2547 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2548 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2549 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2550 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2551 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2553 For example, you could use
2555 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2556 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2557 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2559 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2560 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2561 lexicographic order.")
2563 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2564 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2565 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2567 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2568 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2569 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2572 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2573 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2574 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2575 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2576 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2577 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2578 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2580 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2581 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2582 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2583 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2584 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2585 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2586 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2587 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2589 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2590 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2591 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2592 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2593 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2594 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2596 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2597 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2599 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2600 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2601 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2603 #include \"filename\"
2604 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2605 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2606 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2607 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2608 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2610 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2611 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2612 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2613 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2614 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2615 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2617 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2618 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2619 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2622 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2623 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2624 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2625 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2626 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2628 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2630 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2631 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2632 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2634 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2636 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2638 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2640 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2642 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2644 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2646 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2648 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2649 *User defined holidays.
2650 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2652 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2654 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2656 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2658 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2660 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2662 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2664 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2666 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2668 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2670 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2672 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2674 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2676 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2677 *Christian holidays.
2678 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2680 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2682 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2684 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2686 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2688 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2689 *Sun-related holidays.
2690 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2692 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2694 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2695 The frame set up of the calendar.
2696 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2697 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2698 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2699 any other value the current frame is used.")
2701 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2702 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2703 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
2705 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
2706 See the documentation of that function for more information." t nil)
2710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15556 56060))
2711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2713 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2714 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2716 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2717 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2719 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2720 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2722 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2723 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2725 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2726 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2728 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2729 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2733 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2734 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2735 ;;;;;; (15613 3383))
2736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2738 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2740 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2741 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2742 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2743 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2744 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2745 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2747 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2749 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2750 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2754 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2756 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2757 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2758 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2759 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2760 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2761 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2764 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2766 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2767 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2768 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2771 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2773 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2774 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2775 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2776 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2777 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2778 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2781 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2783 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2784 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2788 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2790 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2791 Major mode for editing Java code.
2792 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2793 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2794 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2795 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2798 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2800 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2801 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2802 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2803 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2804 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2807 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2809 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2810 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2811 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2812 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2813 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2814 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2817 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2819 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2820 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2821 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2824 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2826 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2827 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2828 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2829 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2830 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2831 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2834 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2836 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2837 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2838 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2841 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2845 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2846 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15623 552))
2847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2849 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2850 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2851 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2852 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2853 for details of setting up styles.
2855 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2858 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
2859 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2860 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2861 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2864 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
2865 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
2866 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
2867 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
2868 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
2871 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
2872 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
2873 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
2874 when used elsewhere." t nil)
2876 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2877 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2878 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2879 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2881 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2883 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2884 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2885 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2887 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2888 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2889 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2890 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2891 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15556 56060))
2896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2898 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2899 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2900 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2901 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2902 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2904 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2905 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2907 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2912 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2913 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2914 ;;;;;; (15669 48157))
2915 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2917 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2918 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2920 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2921 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2923 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2924 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2926 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2927 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2928 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2929 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2932 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2934 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2935 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2937 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2938 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2942 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2943 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2944 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2947 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2948 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2949 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2950 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2952 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2953 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2956 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2958 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2960 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2963 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2964 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
2966 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2967 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2968 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2971 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2973 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2974 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2975 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2977 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2979 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2981 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2982 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2984 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2988 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2990 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2992 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2993 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2996 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2997 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3000 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3002 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3003 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3004 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3005 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3006 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3007 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3008 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3009 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3010 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3011 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3012 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3013 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3014 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3015 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3016 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3017 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3020 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3021 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3023 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3024 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3026 | (write EXPRESSION)
3027 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3028 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3031 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3034 ;; Same as: (write string)
3036 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3037 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3038 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3041 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3042 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3043 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3044 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3045 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3046 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3048 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3049 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3051 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3054 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3055 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3056 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3058 ARG := REG | integer
3061 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3064 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3067 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3070 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3071 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3074 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3075 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3076 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3079 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3080 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3081 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3084 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3085 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3087 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3088 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3089 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3092 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3093 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3096 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3097 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3099 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3102 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3106 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3107 ;; Same meaning as C code
3108 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3110 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3115 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3116 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3119 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3120 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3124 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3128 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3129 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3130 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3132 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3133 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3134 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-hash-translation-table'.
3136 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3137 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3138 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3139 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3140 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3142 " nil (quote macro))
3144 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3145 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3146 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3147 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3148 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3149 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
3151 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3152 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3153 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3155 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
3159 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3160 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3161 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3162 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3163 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3164 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3165 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3166 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3167 ;;;;;; (15666 2623))
3168 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3170 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3171 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3172 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3173 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3175 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3176 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3177 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3178 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3179 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3180 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3181 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3182 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3184 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3185 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3186 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3187 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3188 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3189 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3190 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3191 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3193 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3194 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3195 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3196 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3197 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3199 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3200 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3201 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3202 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3203 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3205 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3206 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3207 Only documentation strings are checked.
3208 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3209 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3210 a separate buffer." t nil)
3212 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3213 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3214 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3215 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3216 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3218 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3219 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3220 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3221 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3222 if there is one." t nil)
3224 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3225 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3226 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3227 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3229 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3231 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3232 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3233 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3235 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3236 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3237 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3238 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3239 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3241 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3242 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3243 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3244 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3245 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3246 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3248 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3249 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3250 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3251 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3253 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3254 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3255 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3256 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3258 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3259 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3260 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3261 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3263 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3264 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3265 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3266 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3268 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3269 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3270 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3271 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3273 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3274 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3275 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3276 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3278 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3279 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3280 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3281 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3283 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3284 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3285 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3286 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3288 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3289 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3290 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3291 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3293 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3294 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3295 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3297 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3298 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3299 checking of documentation strings.
3301 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3305 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3306 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15391
3308 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3310 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3311 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3312 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3314 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3315 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3317 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3318 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3319 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3321 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3322 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3326 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3327 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15569 44237))
3328 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3330 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3331 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3332 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3333 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3334 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3335 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3337 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3338 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3339 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3340 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3341 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3343 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3345 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3346 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3347 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3348 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3349 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3351 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3352 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3353 \\{command-history-map}
3355 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3356 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15664 62841))
3361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3363 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3364 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3365 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3366 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3367 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3368 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3370 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3371 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3375 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3376 ;;;;;; (15605 17010))
3377 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3379 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3383 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3384 ;;;;;; (15250 27620))
3385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3387 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3388 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3389 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3390 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3392 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3393 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3394 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3396 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3397 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3401 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15394
3403 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3405 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3406 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3407 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3408 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3409 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3410 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3411 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3412 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3416 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3417 ;;;;;; (15591 63983))
3418 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3420 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3421 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3422 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3423 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3424 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3425 ?* is used." nil (quote macro))
3429 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3430 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3431 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15507 55753))
3432 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3434 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3435 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3436 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3439 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3440 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3441 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3442 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3444 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3445 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3446 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3448 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3449 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3450 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3452 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3453 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3454 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3456 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3457 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3459 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3460 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3461 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3463 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3464 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3466 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3467 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3469 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3470 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3471 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3475 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3476 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3477 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3478 ;;;;;; (15657 51987))
3479 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3481 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3482 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3483 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3484 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3485 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3486 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3487 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3488 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3490 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3492 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3493 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3494 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3495 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3496 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3497 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3498 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3499 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3501 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3503 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3504 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3505 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3506 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3507 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3508 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3510 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3511 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3512 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3514 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3516 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3517 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3518 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3520 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3522 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3523 Send COMMAND to current process.
3524 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3525 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3527 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3528 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3529 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3530 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3534 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15668
3536 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3538 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3539 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3540 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3541 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3543 This command pushes the mark in each window
3544 at the prior location of point in that window.
3545 If both windows display the same buffer,
3546 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3547 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3549 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3550 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3551 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3555 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3556 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3557 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3558 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15664 47328))
3559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3561 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3562 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3564 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3565 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3567 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3568 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3569 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3570 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3571 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3573 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3574 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3575 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3576 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3577 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3579 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3580 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3581 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3582 describing how the process finished.")
3584 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3585 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3586 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3587 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3589 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3590 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3591 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3593 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3594 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3595 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3596 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3598 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3599 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3600 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3601 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3603 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3604 and move to the source code that caused it.
3606 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3607 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3609 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3610 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3611 Then start the next one.
3613 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3614 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3615 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3617 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3618 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3619 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3620 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3621 where grep found matches.
3623 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3624 easily repeat a grep command.
3626 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3627 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3628 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3629 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3631 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3632 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3633 Collect output in a buffer.
3634 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3635 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3637 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3638 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3640 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
3641 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
3642 Collect output in a buffer.
3643 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
3644 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
3645 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
3646 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
3647 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
3649 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3650 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3652 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3653 easily repeat a find command.
3655 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
3656 those sub directories of DIR." t nil)
3658 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3659 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3660 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3661 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3662 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3664 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3666 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3667 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3668 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3669 See `compilation-mode'.
3670 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3672 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3673 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3674 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3675 See `compilation-mode'.
3676 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3678 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3679 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3681 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3682 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3684 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3685 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3686 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3687 and start at the first error.
3689 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3690 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3691 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3692 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3693 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3694 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3696 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3697 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3698 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3700 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3701 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3702 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3706 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3707 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
3708 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3710 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3711 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3712 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3714 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3716 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3718 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3720 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3721 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3722 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3724 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3725 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3726 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3727 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3729 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3730 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3731 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3732 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3734 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3735 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3736 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3737 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3741 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3742 ;;;;;; (15394 12097))
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3745 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3746 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3750 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3751 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3752 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3753 ;;;;;; (15671 1183))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3756 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3757 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3758 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3759 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3762 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3764 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3765 | | 1:tc or top-center
3766 | | 2:tr or top-right
3767 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3768 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3769 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3770 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3771 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3772 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3774 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3775 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3776 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3777 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3780 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3781 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3782 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3784 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3788 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3792 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3795 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3796 Compose characters in the current region.
3798 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3800 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3801 specifying the region.
3803 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3804 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3806 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3807 of the text in the region.
3809 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3811 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3812 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3813 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3814 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3816 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3817 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3820 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3821 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3822 text in the composition." t nil)
3824 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3825 Decompose text in the current region.
3827 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3828 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3830 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3831 Compose characters in string STRING.
3833 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3834 the characters in it.
3836 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3837 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3838 STRING respectively.
3840 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3841 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3842 `compose-region' for more detail.
3844 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3845 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3846 text in the composition." nil nil)
3848 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3849 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3851 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3852 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3853 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3854 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3855 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3856 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3857 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3858 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3860 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3861 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3863 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3864 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3866 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3867 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3869 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3870 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3872 If no composition is found, return nil.
3874 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3875 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3877 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3878 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3879 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3881 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3883 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3885 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3886 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3887 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3889 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3891 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3893 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3894 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3896 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3897 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3898 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3899 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3900 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3901 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3902 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3905 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3907 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3908 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3910 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3912 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3913 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3915 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3917 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3918 Compose last characters.
3919 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3920 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3921 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3922 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3923 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3924 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3925 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3926 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3927 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3928 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3929 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3931 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3932 Convert CHAR to string.
3934 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3935 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3936 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3938 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
3942 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3943 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
3944 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3946 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3947 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
3948 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3949 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3951 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3952 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
3953 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3954 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3956 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3957 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3958 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3959 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3961 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3962 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil)
3966 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3967 ;;;;;; (15458 48079))
3968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3970 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3971 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
3972 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
3973 the current year after them. If necessary, and
3974 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
3975 following the copyright are updated as well." t nil)
3977 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3978 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3982 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3983 ;;;;;; (15649 61374))
3984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3986 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3987 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3988 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3989 Tab indents for Perl code.
3990 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3991 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3993 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3994 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3995 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3996 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3997 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3998 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
3999 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4000 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4001 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4002 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4003 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4004 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4006 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4008 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4009 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4011 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4013 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4014 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4015 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4016 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4017 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4018 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4019 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4020 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4021 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4023 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4027 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4028 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4029 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4032 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4033 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4034 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4036 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4038 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4039 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4040 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4041 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4042 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4044 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4054 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4055 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4056 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4057 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4058 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4059 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4060 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4061 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4062 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4063 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4064 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4065 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4066 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4068 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4069 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4070 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4071 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4072 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4073 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4075 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4076 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4079 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4080 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4081 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4082 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4083 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4085 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4086 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4087 span the needed amount of lines.
4089 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4090 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4091 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4092 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4094 Variables controlling indentation style:
4095 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4096 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4097 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4098 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4099 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4100 `cperl-auto-newline'
4101 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4102 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4103 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4104 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4105 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4106 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4107 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4108 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4109 `cperl-indent-level'
4110 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4111 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4112 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4113 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4114 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4115 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4116 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4117 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4118 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4119 `cperl-brace-offset'
4120 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4121 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4122 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4123 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4124 `cperl-label-offset'
4125 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4126 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4127 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4129 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4130 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4131 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4132 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4133 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4135 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4136 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4137 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4138 \(both available from menu).
4140 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4141 column 0 is indented on
4142 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4144 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4147 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4148 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4149 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
4153 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4154 ;;;;;; (15593 36679))
4155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4157 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4158 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4159 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4160 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4161 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
4163 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4164 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
4168 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4169 ;;;;;; (14632 7633))
4170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4172 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4173 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4174 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4175 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4178 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4180 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4182 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4184 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4185 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4186 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
4188 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4192 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4193 ;;;;;; (15366 56663))
4194 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4196 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4197 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4198 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4199 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4201 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4202 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4203 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4204 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4206 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4207 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4208 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4210 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4211 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4214 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4215 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4216 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4218 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4220 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4221 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4222 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4226 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4227 ;;;;;; (15640 49861))
4228 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4230 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4231 Non-nil means that CUA emulation mode is enabled.
4232 In CUA mode, shifted movement keys highlight and extend the region.
4233 When a region is highlighted, the binding of the C-x and C-c keys are
4234 temporarily changed to work as Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste.
4235 Also, insertion commands first delete the region and then insert.
4236 This mode enables Transient Mark mode and it provides a superset of the
4237 PC Selection Mode and Delete Selection Modes.
4239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4240 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4242 (custom-add-to-group (quote cua) (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4244 (custom-add-load (quote cua-mode) (quote cua-base))
4246 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4247 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4248 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4249 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4250 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4251 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings)." t nil)
4255 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4256 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4257 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4258 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4259 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4260 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4261 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4262 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4263 ;;;;;; (15673 57911))
4264 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4265 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4267 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4268 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4270 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4271 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4273 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4274 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4276 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4278 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4279 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4280 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4282 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4283 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4285 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4286 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4288 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4289 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4291 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4292 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4294 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4296 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4297 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4300 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4301 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4303 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4304 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4306 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4307 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4309 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4310 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4312 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4314 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4315 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4316 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4317 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4318 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4320 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4321 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4323 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4324 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4326 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4328 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4329 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4331 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4332 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4333 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4334 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4335 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4337 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4338 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4341 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4343 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4344 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4345 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4347 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4348 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4349 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4351 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4352 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4354 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4355 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4357 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4358 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4360 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4361 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4363 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4364 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4366 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4367 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4368 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4369 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4370 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4371 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4372 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4374 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4375 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4376 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4378 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4379 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4381 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4382 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4384 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4385 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4386 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4387 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4388 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4389 that option." nil nil)
4391 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4392 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4393 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4394 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4395 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4396 that option." nil nil)
4398 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4399 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4401 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4402 File used for storing customization information.
4403 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4404 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4405 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4407 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4408 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4409 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4410 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4412 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4413 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4415 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4416 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4418 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4419 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4420 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4422 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4423 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4424 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4425 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4426 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4430 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4431 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15540 34267))
4432 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4434 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4435 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4437 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4438 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4439 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4441 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4443 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4444 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4445 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4447 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4451 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4452 ;;;;;; (15415 19689))
4453 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4455 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4456 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4460 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4461 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 21135))
4462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4464 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4465 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4467 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4468 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4469 C++ modes are included.
4471 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4473 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4476 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4477 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4479 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
4480 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
4481 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4482 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4483 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
4485 (custom-add-to-group (quote cwarn) (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4487 (custom-add-load (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote cwarn))
4489 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4490 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
4491 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4492 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
4493 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
4497 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4498 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4499 ;;;;;; (15458 48360))
4500 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4502 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4503 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4505 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4506 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4508 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4509 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4510 For readability, the table is slightly
4511 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4513 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4514 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4515 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
4516 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4517 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4521 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4522 ;;;;;; (15671 1183))
4523 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4525 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4527 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4529 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4530 Completion on current word.
4531 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4532 and presents suggestions for completion.
4534 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4535 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4538 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4539 then it searches *all* buffers.
4541 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4542 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4544 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4545 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4547 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4548 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4549 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4550 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4551 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4553 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4554 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4556 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4557 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4558 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4560 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4561 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4563 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4567 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15363
4569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4571 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4572 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4574 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4575 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4576 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4578 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4579 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4580 Data lines are not indented.
4585 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4587 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4588 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4589 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4590 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4592 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4595 Extra indentation within blocks.
4597 dcl-continuation-offset
4598 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4601 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4603 dcl-margin-label-offset
4604 Indentation for a label.
4606 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4607 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4609 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4610 dcl-block-end-regexp
4611 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4612 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4613 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4614 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4615 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4617 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4618 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4619 Two such functions are included in the package:
4620 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4621 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4623 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4624 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4625 One such function is included in the package:
4626 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4628 dcl-tab-always-indent
4629 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4630 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4633 dcl-electric-characters
4634 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4637 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4638 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4639 which words trigger electric indentation.
4642 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4643 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4644 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4646 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4647 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4648 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4649 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4651 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4652 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4653 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4654 dcl-imenu-label-call
4655 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4657 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4658 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4659 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4660 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4663 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4665 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4666 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4667 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4669 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4670 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4674 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4675 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4676 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4677 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4678 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4679 \"lined up with the command line\"
4681 Data lines are not indented at all.
4682 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4689 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4690 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15656 53216))
4691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4693 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4695 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4696 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4697 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4700 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4701 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4702 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4704 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4705 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4706 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4707 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4708 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4709 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4710 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4712 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4713 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4714 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4718 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4719 ;;;;;; (15394 11149))
4720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4722 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4723 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4725 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4726 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4727 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4728 Upper-case letters are commands.
4730 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4733 The most useful commands are:
4734 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4735 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4736 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4737 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4738 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4739 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4743 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4744 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
4746 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4748 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4749 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4751 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4752 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4754 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4756 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4757 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4759 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4763 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15372
4765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4767 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4768 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4769 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4770 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4771 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4772 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4774 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4778 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4779 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4780 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4781 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4782 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4783 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4784 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4785 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4786 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4787 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4788 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4789 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4791 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4792 Directories to search when finding external units.
4793 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4794 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4798 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4799 Face used to color delphi comments.
4800 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4801 Face used to color delphi strings.
4802 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4803 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4804 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4805 Face used to color everything else.
4807 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4808 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4812 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15352
4814 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4816 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4818 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4819 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4820 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4822 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4824 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4826 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4828 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4829 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4830 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4833 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4834 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4835 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4836 any selection." t nil)
4840 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4841 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15644 46688))
4842 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4844 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4845 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4847 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4849 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4850 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4851 or nil if there is no parent.
4852 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4853 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4854 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4855 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4856 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
4858 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4860 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4862 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4863 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4864 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4866 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4867 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4869 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4870 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4871 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4873 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4874 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4876 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4877 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4878 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4879 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4880 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4884 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
4885 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (15640 49858))
4886 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
4888 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
4889 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
4890 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
4891 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
4892 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
4895 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
4896 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
4897 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
4898 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
4899 character composition information (if relevant),
4900 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties." t nil)
4904 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4905 ;;;;;; (15501 5682))
4906 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4908 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4909 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4910 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4912 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4913 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4914 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4915 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15656
4921 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4923 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
4927 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4928 ;;;;;; (15556 56042))
4929 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4931 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4932 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4933 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4934 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4935 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4937 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4938 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4939 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4941 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4942 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4943 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4944 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4947 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4949 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4950 european-calendar-style t \\
4951 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4952 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4953 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4955 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4956 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4957 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4958 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4962 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4963 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15596 25372))
4964 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4966 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4967 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4969 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4970 *The command to use to run diff.")
4972 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4973 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4974 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4975 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4976 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4978 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4979 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4980 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4981 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4982 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4986 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4987 ;;;;;; (15668 25537))
4988 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4990 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4991 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4992 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4994 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4996 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4997 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4998 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
5002 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5003 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5004 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5005 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5006 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15646 4758))
5007 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5009 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5010 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5011 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5012 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5013 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5014 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5015 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5016 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5018 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5019 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5021 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5022 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5023 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5024 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5025 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5027 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5028 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5030 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5031 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5032 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5033 always set this variable to t.")
5035 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5036 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5037 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5038 A value of t means move to first file.")
5040 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5041 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5042 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5043 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5044 are afterward marked with that character.")
5046 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5047 *Controls marking of copied files.
5048 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5049 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5051 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5052 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5053 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5054 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5056 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5057 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5058 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5059 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5061 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5062 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5063 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5064 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5066 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5068 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5069 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5070 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5071 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5073 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5074 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5075 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5076 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5077 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5078 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5079 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5080 list of files to make directory entries for.
5081 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5082 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5083 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5084 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5086 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
5087 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5089 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5090 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
5091 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5093 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5094 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
5096 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5097 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
5101 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5102 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5103 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5104 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5105 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5106 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5107 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5108 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5109 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5110 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5111 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5112 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5113 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15583 13479))
5114 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5116 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5117 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5118 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5119 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5120 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5121 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5122 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5124 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5125 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5126 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5127 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5128 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5129 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5131 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5132 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5133 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
5135 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5136 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5138 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5139 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5141 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5142 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5143 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5144 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
5146 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5147 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5148 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5149 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5150 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5152 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5153 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5155 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5156 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5157 file name substituted for `?'.
5159 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5160 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5162 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5163 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5164 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5165 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5167 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5169 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5170 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5171 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5173 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5174 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5177 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5178 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
5180 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5181 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5182 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5183 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5184 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5185 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
5187 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5189 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5190 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5192 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5193 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5195 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5196 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5198 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5199 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5200 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5201 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
5203 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5205 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5207 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5209 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5211 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5213 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5214 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
5216 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5217 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5218 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5219 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5220 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5221 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5222 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5223 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5224 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5226 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5227 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5228 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5229 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5230 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5231 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5232 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5233 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5235 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5236 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5237 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5238 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5239 and new hard links are made in that directory
5240 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5241 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5242 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5244 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5245 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5246 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5247 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5248 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5249 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5251 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5252 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5254 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5255 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5256 file if none are marked.
5258 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5259 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5260 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5261 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5263 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5264 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5266 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5267 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5268 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5270 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5271 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5272 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5274 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5275 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5276 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5278 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5279 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5281 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5282 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5284 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5285 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5286 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5287 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5288 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5289 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5291 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5293 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5294 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5295 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5296 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5297 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5298 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5300 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5302 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5303 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5304 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5306 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5307 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5308 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5309 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5311 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5312 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5313 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5314 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5316 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5317 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5318 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5320 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5321 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5323 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5324 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5326 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5327 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5328 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5329 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5331 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5332 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5333 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5334 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5336 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5337 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5338 Stops when a match is found.
5339 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5341 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5342 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5343 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5344 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
5345 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5347 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5348 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5349 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5350 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5354 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15415 19784))
5355 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5357 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5358 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5359 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5360 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5361 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5362 buffer and try again." t nil)
5366 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
5367 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5369 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5370 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5371 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5373 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5375 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5376 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5378 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5379 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5384 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5388 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5389 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5390 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5391 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5392 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5393 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5397 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5398 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5399 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5400 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5401 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15369 56725))
5402 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5404 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5405 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5407 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5408 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5409 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5410 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5411 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5413 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5414 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5415 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5416 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5417 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5419 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5420 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5422 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5423 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5425 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5426 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5428 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5429 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5431 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5432 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5434 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5435 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5436 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5437 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5439 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5440 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5441 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5444 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5445 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5447 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5448 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5450 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5451 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5453 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5454 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5455 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5456 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5458 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5459 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5460 European character display.
5462 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5463 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5464 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5465 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5467 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5468 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5469 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5470 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5471 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5475 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5476 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
5477 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5479 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5480 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5481 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5482 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5483 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5484 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5485 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5486 Default is 2." t nil)
5490 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15317 38827))
5491 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5493 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5494 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5498 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5499 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
5500 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5502 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5504 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5505 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5507 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5509 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5511 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5513 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5515 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5516 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5520 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15651 7290))
5521 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5523 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5524 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5528 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5529 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
5530 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5532 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5533 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5537 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5538 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5539 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15579 13270))
5540 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5542 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5544 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5545 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5546 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5547 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5549 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5550 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5551 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5552 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5553 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5554 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5555 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5556 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5559 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5560 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5561 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5562 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5563 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5564 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5565 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5566 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5567 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5569 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5570 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5571 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5572 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5573 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5574 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5576 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5577 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5578 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5579 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5580 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5581 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5582 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5584 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5586 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5587 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5588 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5592 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5593 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15656
5595 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5597 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5599 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5600 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5601 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5602 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5604 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5605 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5609 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5614 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5615 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5619 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5620 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5622 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5624 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5626 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5628 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5629 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5631 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5632 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5634 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5636 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5638 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5642 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5643 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5644 computed automatically.
5645 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5649 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5651 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5652 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5653 keyboard equivalent.
5657 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5658 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5662 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5663 expression has a non-nil value.
5667 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5668 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5672 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5676 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5677 radio: A radio button.
5678 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5679 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5681 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5685 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5686 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5690 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5692 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5693 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5694 as a solid horizontal line.
5696 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5698 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5700 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5701 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5702 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5703 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5705 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5706 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5707 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5708 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5709 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5710 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5712 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5713 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5714 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5716 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5717 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5721 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5722 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5723 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5724 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5725 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15279 28735))
5726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5728 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5729 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5731 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5732 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5734 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5735 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5738 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5739 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5740 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5741 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5743 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5744 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5745 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5747 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5748 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5749 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5750 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5752 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5754 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5755 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5756 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5758 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5760 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5761 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5763 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5764 The EPS file name has the following form:
5766 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5768 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5769 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5771 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5772 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5773 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5774 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5776 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5778 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5779 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5781 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5782 The EPS file name has the following form:
5784 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5786 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5787 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5789 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5790 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5791 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5792 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5794 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5796 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5798 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5799 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5801 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5802 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5804 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5805 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5807 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5808 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5810 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5811 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5813 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5814 Set STYLE to current style.
5816 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5818 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5819 Reset current style.
5821 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5823 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5824 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5826 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5828 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5829 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5831 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5835 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5836 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5837 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5838 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5839 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5840 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15664 47250))
5841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5843 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5844 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5845 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5846 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5847 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5848 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5850 Tree mode key bindings:
5851 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5853 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5854 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5856 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5857 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5858 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5859 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5862 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5863 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5864 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5865 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5867 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5868 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5869 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5871 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5872 Search for call sites of a member.
5873 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5874 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5875 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5876 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5878 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5879 Move backward in the position stack.
5880 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5882 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5883 Move forward in the position stack.
5884 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5886 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5887 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5889 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5890 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5892 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5893 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5894 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5895 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5897 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5898 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5902 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5903 ;;;;;; (15345 22660))
5904 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5906 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5907 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5908 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5909 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5911 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5912 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5913 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5915 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5916 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5917 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5919 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5921 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5925 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5926 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15185 49574))
5927 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5929 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5930 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5931 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5935 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5936 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15544 37708))
5937 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5939 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5940 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5941 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5942 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5943 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5945 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5946 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5947 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5948 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5950 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5951 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5952 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5953 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5955 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5956 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5957 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5958 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5960 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5962 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5963 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5964 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5965 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5966 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5970 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5971 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5972 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5973 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5974 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5975 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5976 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5977 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5978 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5979 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15513 1037))
5980 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5982 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5983 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5985 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5986 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5988 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5990 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5992 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5993 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5995 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5997 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5998 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
6000 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
6002 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
6003 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
6004 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
6005 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6007 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
6009 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6010 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
6011 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6012 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6014 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
6016 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
6017 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
6018 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
6019 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6021 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
6023 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
6024 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
6025 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
6026 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6028 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
6030 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6031 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
6032 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
6033 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
6034 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
6035 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6037 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6038 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
6039 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6040 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6042 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
6044 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6045 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
6046 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6047 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6049 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
6051 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
6053 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6054 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
6055 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6057 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6058 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6060 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
6061 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
6062 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6064 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6065 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6067 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6068 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6069 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6070 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6071 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6073 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
6074 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
6076 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
6077 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6078 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6079 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6080 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6082 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
6083 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
6084 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
6086 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
6088 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
6089 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
6091 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6092 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
6094 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
6096 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
6097 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
6099 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6100 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
6102 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
6103 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
6104 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6107 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6108 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
6109 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6112 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
6113 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
6114 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
6115 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
6117 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
6118 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
6119 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
6120 and don't ask the user.
6121 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
6122 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
6124 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
6125 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
6126 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
6127 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
6128 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
6129 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
6131 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
6133 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
6135 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
6136 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
6137 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
6138 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
6139 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
6141 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
6143 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
6144 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
6145 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
6147 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
6148 Display Ediff's manual.
6149 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
6153 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
6154 ;;;;;; (15418 30513))
6155 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
6157 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
6161 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
6162 ;;;;;; (15513 1037))
6163 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
6165 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
6166 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
6168 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
6172 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
6173 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15549 60238))
6174 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
6176 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
6177 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
6178 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
6181 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
6182 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
6183 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
6184 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
6188 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
6189 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
6190 ;;;;;; (15640 49858))
6191 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
6192 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
6194 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
6195 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
6196 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
6198 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6199 Edit a keyboard macro.
6200 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
6201 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
6202 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
6204 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
6206 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6207 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
6209 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6210 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
6212 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6213 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
6214 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
6215 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
6216 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
6217 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
6219 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
6220 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
6221 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6222 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6224 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6225 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6226 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6227 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6228 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6229 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6233 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6234 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15640 49861))
6235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6237 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6239 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6240 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6242 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6243 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6247 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6248 ;;;;;; (15031 23821))
6249 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6251 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6252 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6253 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6254 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6255 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6256 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6257 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6258 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6260 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6261 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6263 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6264 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6265 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6266 this value is non-nil.
6268 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6269 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6270 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6272 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6273 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6274 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6276 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6280 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
6281 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15419 34666))
6282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6284 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6285 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
6287 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6288 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
6289 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6291 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6292 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6293 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6294 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6295 from the documentation string if possible.
6297 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6300 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
6302 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6303 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6307 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15186
6309 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6311 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6312 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6314 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6315 an elided material again.
6317 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6321 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6322 ;;;;;; (15396 35994))
6323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6325 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6326 Initialize elint." t nil)
6330 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6331 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
6333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6335 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6336 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6337 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6339 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6340 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6341 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6343 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6344 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6345 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6347 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6349 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6350 Display current profiling results.
6351 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6352 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6357 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6358 ;;;;;; (15672 29704))
6359 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6361 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6362 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6363 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6367 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6368 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6369 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6370 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6371 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15400 23563))
6372 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6374 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6376 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6378 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6380 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6382 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6384 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6386 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6388 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6390 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6392 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6393 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6395 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6396 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6398 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6399 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6401 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6402 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6404 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6406 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6408 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6410 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6412 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6413 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6415 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6416 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6418 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6422 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6423 ;;;;;; (15538 21134))
6424 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6426 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
6427 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
6428 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6429 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6430 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
6432 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6434 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
6436 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6437 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6438 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6440 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6441 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6444 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6445 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6446 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." t nil)
6450 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6451 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15535 38780))
6452 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6454 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6455 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6456 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6457 text/enriched format.
6458 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6460 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6461 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6465 \\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6467 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6469 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6473 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15623
6475 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6477 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6478 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6480 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6484 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
6486 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6488 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6489 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6493 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6494 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15470 1515))
6495 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6497 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6498 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6499 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6500 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6501 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6502 will begin. A new session is always created if the prefix
6503 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6505 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6506 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6507 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6509 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6510 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6511 The result might be any Lisp object.
6512 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6513 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6514 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6516 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6517 Report a bug in Eshell.
6518 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6519 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6523 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6524 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6525 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6526 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6527 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6528 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6529 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
6530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6532 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6533 *File name of tags table.
6534 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6535 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6536 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6537 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6539 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6540 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6541 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6542 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6544 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6545 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6546 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6547 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6548 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6549 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6551 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6552 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6553 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6554 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6555 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6556 `auto-compression-mode').")
6558 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6559 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6560 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6561 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6562 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6564 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6565 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6566 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6567 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6569 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6570 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6571 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6572 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6573 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6575 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6576 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6577 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6578 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6580 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6581 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6582 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6583 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6584 file the tag was in." t nil)
6586 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6587 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6588 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6589 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6590 without directory names." nil nil)
6592 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6593 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6594 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6595 but does not select the buffer.
6596 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6598 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6599 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6600 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6601 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6602 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6604 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6606 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6607 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6608 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6610 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6612 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6613 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6614 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6615 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6617 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6618 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6619 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6620 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6621 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6623 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6625 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6626 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6627 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6629 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6630 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6632 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6633 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6634 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6635 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6636 around or before point.
6638 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6639 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6640 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6641 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6642 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6644 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6646 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6647 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6648 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6650 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6651 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6653 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6654 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6655 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6656 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6657 around or before point.
6659 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6660 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6661 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6662 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6663 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6665 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6667 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6668 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6669 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6671 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6672 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6674 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6675 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6676 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6678 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6679 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6680 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6681 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6682 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6684 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6686 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6687 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6688 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6690 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6691 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6692 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6694 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6695 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6697 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6698 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6699 where they were found." t nil)
6701 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6702 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6704 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6705 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6706 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6708 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6709 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6711 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6712 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6714 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6715 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6716 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6717 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6719 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6720 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6721 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6722 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6723 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6724 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6726 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6727 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6728 Stops when a match is found.
6729 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6731 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6733 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6734 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
6735 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6736 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6737 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6739 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6741 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6742 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6743 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6744 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6745 directory specification." t nil)
6747 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6748 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6750 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6751 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6752 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6753 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6755 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6756 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6757 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6758 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6759 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6763 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6764 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6765 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6766 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6767 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6768 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6769 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6770 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15391 46451))
6771 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6773 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6775 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6776 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6777 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6778 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6780 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6781 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6784 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6785 even if the buffer is read-only.
6787 See also the descriptions of the variables
6788 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6789 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6791 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6792 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6794 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6795 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6797 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6798 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6801 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6802 buffer is read-only.
6804 See also the descriptions of the variables
6805 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6806 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6808 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6809 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6810 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6812 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6813 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6815 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6816 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6818 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6819 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6821 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6822 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6823 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6824 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6826 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6827 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6828 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6829 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6831 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6832 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6833 the primary language.
6835 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6836 buffer is read-only.
6838 See also the descriptions of the variables
6839 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6840 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6842 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6843 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6844 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6845 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6847 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6848 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6851 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6852 buffer is read-only.
6854 See also the descriptions of the variables
6855 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6856 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6858 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6859 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6860 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6862 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6863 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6865 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6866 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6867 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6868 3) convert the body into SERA.
6870 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6872 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6873 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6874 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6876 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6877 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6879 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6880 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6882 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6883 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6886 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6887 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6888 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6890 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6892 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6893 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6895 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6896 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6897 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6899 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6900 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6902 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6903 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6905 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6906 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6908 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6909 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6911 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6912 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6914 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6915 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6917 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6918 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6922 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6923 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6924 ;;;;;; (15429 14345))
6925 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6927 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6928 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6929 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6930 server for future sessions." t nil)
6932 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6933 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6935 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6936 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6938 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6939 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6940 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6941 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6942 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6943 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6944 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6945 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6946 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6947 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6948 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6949 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6951 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6952 Display a form to query the directory server.
6953 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6954 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6956 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6957 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6958 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6960 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
6964 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6965 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6966 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
6967 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6969 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
6970 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil
)
6972 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
6973 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil
)
6975 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
6976 Display e-mail address and make it clickable." nil nil
)
6978 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
6979 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil
)
6981 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
6982 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil
)
6984 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
6985 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil
)
6989 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6990 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
6991 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6993 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
6994 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6995 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil
)
6997 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
6998 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil
)
7002 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
7003 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
7004 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
7006 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
7007 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil
)
7011 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
7012 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
7013 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15305 61706))
7014 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
7016 (autoload (quote executable-find
) "executable" "\
7017 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
7018 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil
)
7020 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
7021 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
7022 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
7023 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
7024 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
7027 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
7028 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
7029 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil
)
7031 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
7032 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
7033 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
7034 file modes." nil nil
)
7038 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
7039 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
7040 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
7042 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
7043 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
7044 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
7045 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
7047 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
7049 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
7050 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
7051 to generate such functions.
7053 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
7054 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
7055 beginning of the expanded text.
7057 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
7058 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
7059 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
7060 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
7062 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil
)
7064 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
7065 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7066 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
7068 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
7069 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7070 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
7071 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
7072 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
7076 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15640 49865))
7077 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
7079 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
7080 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
7082 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
7083 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
7084 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
7086 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
7091 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7094 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
7096 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
7098 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
7099 `f90-program-indent'
7100 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
7102 `f90-continuation-indent'
7103 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
7104 `f90-comment-region'
7105 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
7106 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
7107 `f90-indented-comment-re'
7108 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
7110 `f90-directive-comment-re'
7111 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
7112 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
7113 `f90-break-delimiters'
7114 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
7115 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
7116 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
7117 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
7119 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
7120 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
7122 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
7123 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
7124 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
7125 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
7126 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
7127 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
7129 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
7131 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
7133 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
7134 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
7138 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
7139 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
7140 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
7141 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
7142 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15657 51987))
7143 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
7144 (define-key global-map
"\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap
)
7145 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
7147 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
7148 Menu keymap for faces.")
7150 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
7152 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
7153 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
7155 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
7157 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
7158 Menu keymap for background colors.")
7160 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
7162 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
7163 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
7165 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
7167 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
7168 Submenu for text justification commands.")
7170 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
7172 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
7173 Submenu for indentation commands.")
7175 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
7177 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
7178 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
7180 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
7182 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
7184 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
7186 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
7188 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
7189 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
7190 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
7191 will not show through at all will be removed.
7193 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
7195 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7196 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7199 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7200 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7201 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7203 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
7204 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7205 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7207 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7208 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7211 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7212 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7213 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7215 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
7216 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7217 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7219 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7220 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7223 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7224 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7225 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7227 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7228 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7229 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7230 is the menu item's name.
7232 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7233 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7236 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7237 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7238 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7240 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7241 Make the region invisible.
7242 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7243 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7245 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7246 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7247 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7248 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7250 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7251 Make the region unmodifiable.
7252 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7253 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7255 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7256 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7258 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7259 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7261 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7262 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7263 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7265 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7266 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7268 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7269 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7270 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7271 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7272 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7276 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7277 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15363 46804))
7278 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7280 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7281 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7282 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7283 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7285 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7287 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7288 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7289 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7291 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7292 - When you save the file's buffer.
7293 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7294 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7295 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7296 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7298 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7300 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7301 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7302 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7303 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7305 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7306 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7308 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7312 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7313 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7314 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15429 33864))
7315 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7317 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7318 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7319 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7320 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7322 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7323 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7325 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7326 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7327 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7328 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7330 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7331 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7332 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7333 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7334 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7336 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7337 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7338 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7339 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7340 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7341 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7342 internally by feedmail):
7344 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7345 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7346 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7347 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7349 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7350 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7351 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7352 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7353 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7357 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7358 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15576 17069))
7359 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7361 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7362 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7363 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7364 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7365 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7366 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7367 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7369 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7370 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7371 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7372 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7373 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7374 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7375 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7377 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7379 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
7381 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7382 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7383 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7384 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7385 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7386 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7388 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7389 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7390 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7392 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7393 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7394 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7396 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7397 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7399 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7400 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7404 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7405 ;;;;;; (15567 16400))
7406 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7408 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7409 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7410 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7411 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7412 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7413 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7414 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7415 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7416 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7417 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7421 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7422 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15593 24723))
7423 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7425 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7426 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7427 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7428 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7429 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7431 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7432 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7433 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7434 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7436 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7437 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7438 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7440 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7442 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7443 as the final argument." t nil)
7445 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7446 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7447 and run dired on those files.
7448 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7449 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7451 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7453 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7454 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
7455 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7457 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
7459 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7463 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7464 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7465 ;;;;;; (15561 55028))
7466 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7468 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7469 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7470 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7472 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7474 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7475 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7476 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7478 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7479 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7481 Variables of interest include:
7483 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7484 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7485 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7487 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7488 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7489 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7491 - `ff-ignore-include'
7492 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7494 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7495 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7498 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7500 - `ff-special-constructs'
7501 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7502 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7503 extracting the filename from that construct.
7505 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7506 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7508 - `ff-search-directories'
7509 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7510 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7512 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7513 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7515 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7516 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7518 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7519 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7521 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7522 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7524 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7525 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7527 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7528 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7530 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7531 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7535 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7536 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7537 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7538 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7539 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func"
7540 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (15588 20860))
7541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7543 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
7545 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
7546 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY." nil nil)
7548 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7549 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7551 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7552 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7555 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7556 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7557 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7559 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7560 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7562 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7563 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7564 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7565 it is one of the current buffers.
7567 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7568 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7569 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7571 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7572 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7574 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7576 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7577 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7579 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7581 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7582 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7584 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7585 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7588 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
7589 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7591 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7592 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7594 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7595 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7596 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7597 it is one of the current buffers.
7599 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7600 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7601 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7603 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7604 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7606 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7608 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7609 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7611 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7613 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7614 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7615 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7617 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7618 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7620 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7621 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7623 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7624 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7628 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7629 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15186 53885))
7630 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7632 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7633 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7635 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7636 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7638 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7639 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7643 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7644 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15518 17562))
7645 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7647 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7648 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7650 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7651 Display FILE's commentary section.
7652 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7654 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7655 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7659 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7660 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7661 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7663 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7664 Toggle flow control handling.
7665 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7666 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7668 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7669 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7670 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7671 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7672 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7673 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7677 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7678 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7679 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15577 29858))
7680 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7682 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7683 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7684 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7686 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7687 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7689 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
7691 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7693 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7694 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7695 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7696 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7697 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7698 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7701 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7702 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7703 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7706 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
7709 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7710 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7711 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7713 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7715 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7716 in your .emacs file.
7718 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
7719 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7721 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
7723 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
7724 The flyspell version" t nil)
7726 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7727 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7729 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7730 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7732 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7733 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7737 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7738 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7739 ;;;;;; (15436 15699))
7740 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7742 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7743 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7745 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7746 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7748 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7749 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7751 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7752 of two major techniques:
7754 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7755 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7756 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7758 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7759 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7760 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7763 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7764 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7765 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7766 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7767 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7770 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7771 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7773 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7775 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7776 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7777 \(This is the default.)
7779 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7780 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7782 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7783 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7785 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7786 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7788 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7789 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7790 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7791 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7792 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7793 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7795 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7796 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7797 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7799 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7800 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7801 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7805 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
7806 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15657
7808 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7810 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7811 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7812 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7813 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7814 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7815 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7816 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7817 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7818 end of the current highlighting list.
7822 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7823 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7824 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7826 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7827 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7829 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7830 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7831 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7833 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7834 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7835 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7837 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7838 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7840 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7841 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7843 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7844 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7845 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7847 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7848 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7852 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7853 ;;;;;; (15400 43360))
7854 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7856 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7857 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7858 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7859 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7860 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7862 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7865 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7866 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7868 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7872 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15394
7874 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7876 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7877 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7878 \\<message-mode-map>
7882 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7883 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7884 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7885 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7886 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7887 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7892 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7893 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15590 49016))
7894 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7896 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7897 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7899 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7900 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7901 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7902 C-c < forms-first-record <
7903 C-c > forms-last-record >
7904 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7905 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7906 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7907 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7908 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7909 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7910 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7911 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7912 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7913 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7916 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7917 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7919 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7920 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7924 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7925 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15590 49021))
7926 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7928 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7929 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7930 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7931 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7932 with a character in column 6.")
7934 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7935 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7936 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7937 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7939 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7943 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7945 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7948 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7949 set this to the string \"!\".
7951 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7953 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7954 `fortran-structure-indent'
7955 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7957 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7958 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7959 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7960 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7961 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7962 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7963 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7964 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7965 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7966 (for TAB format continuation style).
7967 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7968 indentation for a line of code.
7970 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7971 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7972 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7973 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7974 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7975 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7976 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7977 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7978 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7979 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7980 column 5. (default 1)
7981 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7982 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7983 statements. (default nil)
7984 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7985 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7986 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7987 statement. (default nil)
7988 `fortran-continuation-string'
7989 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7990 line. (default \"$\")
7991 `fortran-comment-region'
7992 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7993 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7994 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7995 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7996 as typed. (default t)
7997 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7998 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
8001 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
8002 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8006 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
8007 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15195 62737))
8008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
8010 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
8011 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
8013 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8014 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8016 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
8017 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
8019 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8020 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8022 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
8023 Compile fortune file.
8025 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
8026 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
8028 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
8029 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
8031 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8032 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8033 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8034 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8036 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
8037 Display a fortune cookie.
8039 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8040 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8041 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8042 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8046 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el"
8047 ;;;;;; (15601 35587))
8048 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
8050 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
8051 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
8052 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
8053 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
8054 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
8055 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
8056 specified, the user is queried.
8057 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
8059 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
8060 see `set-fringe-style'." t nil)
8062 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
8063 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
8064 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
8065 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
8066 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
8067 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
8068 specified, the user is queried.
8069 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'." t nil)
8073 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
8074 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
8075 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
8077 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
8078 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
8080 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
8081 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
8083 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
8084 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
8087 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
8088 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
8089 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
8090 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
8091 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
8092 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
8094 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
8095 Each keyword should be a string.
8097 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
8098 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
8100 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
8101 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
8102 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
8104 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
8106 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
8108 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
8109 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
8110 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
8111 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
8113 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
8114 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
8118 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
8119 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
8120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
8122 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
8123 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
8124 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
8125 at places they belong to." t nil)
8129 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
8130 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15410 32828))
8131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
8133 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
8134 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
8136 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
8138 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8139 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
8140 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8141 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
8142 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
8144 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
8145 Read news as a slave." t nil)
8147 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
8148 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
8150 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
8152 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8153 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8154 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
8159 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
8160 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
8161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
8163 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8164 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
8166 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8167 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
8169 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
8170 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
8171 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
8172 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
8176 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
8177 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
8178 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
8180 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8181 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8183 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8187 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8188 ;;;;;; (15587 64723))
8189 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8191 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8192 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8196 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8197 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
8198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8200 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8201 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8205 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8206 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14860
8208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8210 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8211 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8214 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8216 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8217 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8219 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8220 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8224 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8225 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15533 28774))
8226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8228 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8229 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8230 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8232 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8233 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8237 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8238 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
8239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8241 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8243 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8244 Run batched scoring.
8245 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8249 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8250 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15185 54813))
8251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8253 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8255 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8256 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8258 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8262 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8263 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8264 ;;;;;; (15383 46829))
8265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8267 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8268 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8269 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8270 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8273 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8274 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8275 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8276 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8278 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8279 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8280 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8281 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8282 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8283 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8284 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8285 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8286 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8287 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8289 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8290 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8291 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8293 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8294 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8296 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8297 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8298 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8300 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8302 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8303 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8304 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8306 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8308 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8309 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8310 existing groups are considered.
8312 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8313 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8316 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8317 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8318 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8319 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8320 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8321 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8322 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8323 clauses will be generated.
8325 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8326 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8327 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8328 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8329 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8330 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8332 For example, given the following group parameters:
8335 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8336 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8338 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8339 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8340 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8341 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8343 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8345 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8347 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8349 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8350 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8351 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8355 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8356 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8359 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8360 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8361 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8365 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15470
8367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8369 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8370 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8371 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8372 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8374 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8378 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8379 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
8380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8382 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8383 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8384 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8385 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8388 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8389 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8390 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8394 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8395 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8396 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8398 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8399 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8400 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8401 for matching on group names.
8403 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8404 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8406 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8408 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8412 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8413 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
8414 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8416 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8417 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8421 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8422 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15651 7289))
8423 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8425 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8426 Unload all Gnus features.
8427 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8428 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8429 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8431 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8432 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8436 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8437 ;;;;;; (15272 56960))
8438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8440 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8441 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8445 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15515 40568))
8446 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8448 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8449 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8451 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8452 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8453 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8455 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8456 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8457 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8459 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8460 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8462 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
8463 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
8465 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8469 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8470 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15302 11763))
8471 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8473 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8474 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8475 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8476 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8477 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8479 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8480 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8481 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8482 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8483 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8485 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8486 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8487 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8489 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8491 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8492 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8496 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
8497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8499 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8500 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8501 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8502 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8503 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8507 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8508 ;;;;;; (15522 14844))
8509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8511 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8512 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8513 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8514 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8516 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8517 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8518 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8519 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8521 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8522 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8523 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8524 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8526 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8527 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8528 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8529 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8531 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8532 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8534 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8535 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8536 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8537 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8539 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8540 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8541 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8542 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8544 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8545 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
8546 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
8547 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
8548 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
8550 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
8551 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
8552 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
8553 original source file access method.
8555 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
8556 gud, see `gud-mode'." t nil)
8557 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8561 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15587
8563 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8565 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8566 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8567 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8568 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8570 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8571 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8572 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8573 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8577 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8578 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
8579 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8581 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8582 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8584 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8585 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8586 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8587 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8589 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8591 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8592 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8593 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8594 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8595 to be updated." t nil)
8599 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
8600 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
8601 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15669 48156))
8602 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
8604 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
8605 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8606 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8607 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8608 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8609 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8611 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
8612 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8613 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library'
8614 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8615 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
8616 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8618 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8619 is used instead of `load-path'.
8621 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8622 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8623 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8625 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
8626 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8628 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil)
8630 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
8631 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8632 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8634 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
8635 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8636 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8637 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8638 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8640 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
8641 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
8642 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
8643 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer." t nil)
8645 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
8646 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
8647 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed." t nil)
8651 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8652 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
8653 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8655 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8656 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8657 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8658 and window listing and describing the options.
8659 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8660 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8664 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8665 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8666 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15668 25538))
8667 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8669 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8670 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8671 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8673 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8675 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8677 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8679 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8680 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8682 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8683 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8684 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8685 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
8687 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
8688 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
8689 restore it properly when going back." nil nil)
8691 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8692 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8694 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
8695 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
8696 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
8697 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
8698 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8700 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8701 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8702 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8703 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8705 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8706 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8709 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8710 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8711 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8712 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8713 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8714 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8716 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8717 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8718 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8719 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8720 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8722 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8723 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8727 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8728 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15185 49574))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8731 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8732 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8734 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8735 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8739 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8740 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15661 53042))
8741 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8743 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8744 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8745 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8746 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8747 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8749 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8750 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8752 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8753 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8754 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8755 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8757 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8758 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8761 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8766 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8767 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8768 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8769 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8770 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8771 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8772 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8773 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8774 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8775 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8776 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8777 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8778 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8779 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8780 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8782 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8783 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8784 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8786 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8789 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8791 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8792 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8793 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8795 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8796 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8797 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8799 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8800 into the buffer at the current point.
8802 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8803 into the buffer at the current point.
8805 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8806 into the buffer at the current point.
8808 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8810 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8811 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8813 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8815 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8817 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8818 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8819 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8821 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8822 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8823 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8827 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8828 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8829 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15450
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8833 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8835 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8836 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8838 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8840 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8842 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8843 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8845 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8846 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8847 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8848 which can be called interactively, are:
8850 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8851 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8853 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8854 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8855 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8856 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8858 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8859 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8861 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8862 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8864 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8865 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8866 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8867 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8868 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8869 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8871 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8872 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8874 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8875 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8877 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8878 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8879 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8882 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8884 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8886 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8887 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8889 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8890 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8891 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8892 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8894 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8896 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8897 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8899 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8900 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8901 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8902 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8904 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8906 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8907 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8909 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8910 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8912 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8914 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8915 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8917 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8918 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8919 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8920 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8921 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8923 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8924 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8926 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8927 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8928 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8932 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8933 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15496 13874))
8934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8936 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8937 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8938 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8939 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8940 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8941 how the hiding is done:
8944 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8945 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8948 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
8949 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8950 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8951 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8952 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8955 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8956 #endif lines when hiding.
8958 `hide-ifdef-initially'
8959 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8962 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
8963 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8964 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8966 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8968 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8969 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8971 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8972 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8974 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8975 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8979 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8980 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15587 64724))
8981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8983 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8984 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8986 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8987 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8988 Each element has the form
8989 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8991 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8992 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8994 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8995 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8997 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8998 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8999 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
9000 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
9001 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
9003 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
9004 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
9006 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
9007 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
9009 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
9010 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
9011 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
9013 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
9014 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
9015 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9016 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
9017 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
9018 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
9020 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
9021 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
9022 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
9024 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
9025 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
9027 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
9030 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
9034 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
9035 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
9036 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
9037 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15556 56033))
9038 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
9040 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
9042 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
9043 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
9044 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
9046 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
9047 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
9049 Without an argument:
9050 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
9051 or passive state as determined by the variable
9052 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
9055 With an argument ARG:
9056 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
9057 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
9058 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
9060 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
9061 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
9062 not displayed in a different face.
9065 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
9066 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
9067 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
9068 buffer with the contents of a file
9069 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
9070 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
9074 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
9075 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
9076 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9078 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9079 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9081 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9082 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9084 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
9085 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
9087 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
9088 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
9089 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
9090 shown in the last face in the list.
9092 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
9093 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
9094 buffer to be saved):
9096 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
9098 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
9099 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
9101 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
9102 and must not be read-only.
9104 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
9105 this function is called interactively.
9107 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
9108 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
9109 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
9111 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
9112 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
9113 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
9115 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
9116 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
9118 When called interactively:
9119 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
9120 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
9121 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
9122 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
9124 When called from a program:
9125 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
9126 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
9127 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
9128 - otherwise just turn it on
9130 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
9131 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
9132 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
9133 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
9137 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
9138 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
9139 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
9140 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
9141 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15394 12491))
9142 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
9144 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
9145 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
9146 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
9147 or insert functions in this list.")
9149 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
9150 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
9152 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
9153 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
9155 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
9156 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
9158 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
9159 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
9161 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
9162 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
9163 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
9165 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
9166 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
9167 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9170 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
9171 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
9172 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9173 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
9174 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
9176 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
9177 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
9178 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
9179 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
9180 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
9182 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
9183 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
9184 undoes the expansion." t nil)
9186 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
9187 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
9188 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
9189 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
9193 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
9194 ;;;;;; (15522 14844))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
9197 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9198 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
9199 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9200 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
9201 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
9203 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
9204 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
9205 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9207 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9209 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9211 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9213 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9214 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9215 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9216 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9217 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9221 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9222 ;;;;;; (15097 24075))
9223 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9225 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9226 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9227 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9229 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9231 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9232 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9234 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9235 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9237 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9241 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9242 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
9243 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9245 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9246 This function is obsolete.
9247 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9248 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9250 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9251 This function is obsolete.
9252 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9253 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9255 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9256 This function is obsolete.
9257 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9258 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9262 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
9263 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
9264 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
9265 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
9266 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
9267 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
9268 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
9269 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
9270 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
9271 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
9272 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
9273 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
9274 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
9275 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
9276 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
9277 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
9278 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
9279 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
9280 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
9281 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
9282 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
9283 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (15583 56451))
9284 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
9286 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9287 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
9288 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
9290 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9291 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse." t nil)
9293 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9294 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point." t nil)
9296 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9297 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse." t nil)
9299 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9300 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line." t nil)
9302 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9303 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9305 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9306 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9307 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
9308 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9309 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
9310 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9311 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9312 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
9313 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
9314 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9315 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9316 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9317 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
9319 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" nil nil nil)
9321 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9322 Make the current filters into a filtering group." t nil)
9324 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9325 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode." t nil)
9327 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9328 Remove the first filter group." t nil)
9330 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9331 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters." t nil)
9333 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9334 Remove all filter groups." t nil)
9336 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9337 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME." t nil)
9339 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9340 Kill the filter group named NAME.
9341 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'." t nil)
9343 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
9344 Kill the filter group at point.
9345 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'." t nil)
9347 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
9348 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point." t nil)
9350 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9351 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME." t nil)
9353 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9354 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
9355 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
9356 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9358 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9359 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
9360 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'." t nil)
9362 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9363 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
9364 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
9365 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9366 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9368 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
9369 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer." t nil)
9371 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9372 Remove the top filter in this buffer." t nil)
9374 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9375 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
9377 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
9378 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
9379 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]." t nil)
9381 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9382 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer." t nil)
9384 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9385 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer." t nil)
9387 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9388 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
9389 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
9390 filter into parts." t nil)
9392 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9393 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9394 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9396 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9397 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'." t nil)
9399 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9400 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters." t nil)
9402 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9403 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9404 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9405 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9406 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9407 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9408 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
9409 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
9410 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
9411 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
9412 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
9414 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9415 Toggle the current sorting mode.
9416 Default sorting modes are:
9417 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
9418 Name - the name of the buffer
9419 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
9420 Size - the size of the buffer" t nil)
9422 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
9423 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order." t nil)
9424 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9425 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9426 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
9427 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
9429 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9430 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package." t nil)
9432 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
9433 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
9434 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
9435 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9437 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9438 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
9439 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
9440 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9442 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9443 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9445 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9446 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
9448 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
9449 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards." t nil)
9451 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9452 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9454 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9455 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'." t nil)
9457 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
9458 Hide all of the currently marked lines." t nil)
9460 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
9461 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME." t nil)
9463 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
9464 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
9465 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'." t nil)
9467 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
9468 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
9469 The names are separated by a space.
9470 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
9471 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
9473 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
9475 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
9476 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]" t nil)
9478 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9479 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9481 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9482 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP." t nil)
9484 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9485 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9487 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9488 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE." t nil)
9490 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9491 Mark all modified buffers." t nil)
9493 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9494 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file." t nil)
9496 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9497 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist." t nil)
9499 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9500 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*." t nil)
9502 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9503 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days." t nil)
9505 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9506 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'." t nil)
9508 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9509 Mark all read-only buffers." t nil)
9511 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9512 Mark all `dired' buffers." t nil)
9514 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
9515 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
9516 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
9517 defaults to one." t nil)
9521 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
9522 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15623
9524 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
9526 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
9527 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
9529 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
9530 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
9531 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
9533 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
9534 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
9535 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
9536 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
9537 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
9538 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
9540 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
9541 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
9542 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
9543 change its definition, you should explicitly call
9544 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'." nil (quote macro))
9546 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9547 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
9548 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
9549 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
9550 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
9552 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
9553 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
9554 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'." nil (quote macro))
9556 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
9557 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
9558 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
9559 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
9560 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
9561 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
9563 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
9564 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
9565 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
9566 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
9567 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
9568 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
9569 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
9570 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
9572 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
9573 t - the function it always modifies buffers
9574 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
9575 buffer's modification flag.
9576 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
9577 prompted before performing this operation.
9578 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
9579 operation is complete, in the form:
9580 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
9581 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
9582 confirmation message, in the form:
9583 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
9584 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
9585 macro for exactly what it does." nil (quote macro))
9587 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9588 Define a filter named NAME.
9589 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
9590 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
9591 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
9593 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
9594 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
9595 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
9596 bound to the current value of the filter." nil (quote macro))
9600 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
9601 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15629 7773))
9602 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
9604 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
9605 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
9606 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9607 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9609 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
9610 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
9611 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9612 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9614 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
9615 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
9616 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
9618 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
9619 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
9621 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
9622 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
9623 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
9624 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
9625 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
9626 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
9627 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
9628 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
9629 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
9630 locally in this buffer." t nil)
9634 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9635 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15483 45647))
9636 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9638 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9639 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9640 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9642 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9643 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9644 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9648 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14851 17580))
9649 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9651 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9652 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9653 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9654 Tab indents for Icon code.
9655 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9656 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9658 Variables controlling indentation style:
9659 icon-tab-always-indent
9660 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9661 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9663 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9664 inserted in Icon code.
9666 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9667 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9668 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9669 icon-continued-statement-offset
9670 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9671 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9672 icon-continued-brace-offset
9673 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9674 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9676 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9677 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9678 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9679 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9681 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9682 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9686 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9687 ;;;;;; (15671 13114))
9688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9690 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9691 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9692 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9693 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9695 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9696 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9699 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
9700 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
9702 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9703 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9704 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9706 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9710 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9711 ;;;;;; (15671 13114))
9712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9714 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9715 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9717 The main features of this mode are
9719 1. Indentation and Formatting
9720 --------------------------
9721 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9722 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9724 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
9725 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
9726 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
9727 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9729 Comments are indented as follows:
9731 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9732 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9733 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9735 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9737 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
9738 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
9739 relative to the first will be retained. Use
9740 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
9741 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
9742 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
9745 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9746 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
9747 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
9748 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9752 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
9753 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
9754 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
9755 source file of a module. These commands know about system
9756 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
9757 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
9758 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9759 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9763 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9764 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9765 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9766 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9767 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9771 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9772 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9773 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9774 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9775 mixed or upper case.
9777 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9778 --------------------------------
9779 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9780 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9782 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9783 \\fu FUNCTION template
9784 \\c CASE statement template
9785 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9786 \\f FOR loop template
9787 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9788 \\w WHILE loop template
9789 \\i IF statement template
9790 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9793 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9794 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9796 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9797 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9798 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9800 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9801 -------------------------
9802 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9803 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9805 7. Automatic END completion
9806 ------------------------
9807 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9808 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9812 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9813 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9815 9. Documentation and Customization
9816 -------------------------------
9817 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
9818 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
9819 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
9820 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
9821 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9825 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9826 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9827 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9829 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9833 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
9834 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
9835 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
9836 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
9837 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
9838 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
9839 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
9840 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15664 47248))
9841 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
9843 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
9844 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
9845 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
9846 - 'buffer: Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
9848 - 'file: Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
9849 - 'both: Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
9850 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
9852 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9853 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
9855 (custom-add-to-group (quote ido) (quote ido-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9857 (custom-add-load (quote ido-mode) (quote ido))
9859 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
9860 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
9861 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
9862 If second argument NOBIND is non-nil, no keys are rebound; otherwise,
9863 turning on ido-mode will modify the default keybindings for the
9864 find-file and switch-to-buffer families of commands to the ido
9865 versions of these functions.
9866 However, if second arg equals 'files, bind only for files, or if it
9867 equals 'buffers, bind only for buffers.
9868 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
9870 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
9871 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9872 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9873 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9874 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9875 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
9876 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string." nil nil)
9878 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
9879 Switch to another buffer.
9880 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
9881 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9884 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
9885 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
9886 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
9887 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
9888 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
9890 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
9891 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
9893 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
9894 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
9896 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
9897 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
9898 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
9899 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
9900 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
9901 in a separate window.
9902 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
9903 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
9904 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
9905 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
9906 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
9907 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
9908 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
9909 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
9910 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'." t nil)
9912 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
9913 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9914 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9915 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9917 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
9918 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9919 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9920 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9922 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
9924 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9925 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9927 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
9928 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
9929 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9930 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9932 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
9933 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9934 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9935 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9937 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
9938 Switch to another file starting from DIR." t nil)
9940 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
9941 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
9942 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
9943 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
9944 visible in another frame.
9946 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
9947 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
9948 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
9949 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
9950 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
9951 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
9953 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
9954 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
9956 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
9957 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
9959 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
9960 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
9961 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
9962 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
9963 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
9964 in a separate window.
9965 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including path).
9966 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
9967 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
9968 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
9969 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
9970 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
9971 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
9972 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
9973 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
9974 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
9975 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
9976 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
9977 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
9978 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
9979 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'." t nil)
9981 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
9982 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
9983 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9984 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
9986 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
9987 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
9988 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9989 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
9991 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
9992 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
9993 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9994 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
9996 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
9997 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
9998 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9999 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10001 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
10002 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
10003 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10004 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10006 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
10007 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
10008 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10009 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10011 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
10012 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
10013 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10014 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10016 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
10017 Write current buffer to a file.
10018 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10019 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10021 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
10022 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
10023 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10024 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10026 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
10027 Call dired the ido way.
10028 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10029 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10031 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
10032 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
10033 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters." nil nil)
10035 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
10036 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
10037 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters." nil nil)
10041 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15629 7773))
10042 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
10043 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
10045 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
10046 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
10047 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
10051 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
10052 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
10053 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15501 5682))
10054 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
10056 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
10057 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
10058 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
10059 be determined." nil nil)
10061 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
10062 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
10063 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
10064 be determined." nil nil)
10066 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
10067 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
10068 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
10070 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
10072 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
10073 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
10074 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
10075 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
10076 use its file extension as image type.
10077 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
10078 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
10079 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
10080 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
10082 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
10083 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
10084 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
10085 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
10086 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
10087 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
10088 POS may be an integer or marker.
10089 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
10090 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
10091 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
10092 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
10094 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
10095 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
10096 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
10097 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
10098 defaulted if you omit it.
10099 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
10100 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
10101 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
10102 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
10104 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
10105 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
10106 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
10107 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
10109 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
10110 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
10112 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
10114 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
10115 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
10116 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
10117 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
10118 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
10119 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
10120 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
10121 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
10124 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
10126 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
10127 Define SYMBOL as an image.
10129 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
10130 documentation string.
10132 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
10133 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
10134 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
10135 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
10136 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
10137 string containing the actual image data. The first image
10138 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
10143 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
10144 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
10148 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
10149 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
10150 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15579 13239))
10151 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
10153 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
10154 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
10155 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
10156 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
10158 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
10159 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
10160 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
10161 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
10163 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
10164 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
10165 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
10166 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
10168 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
10169 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
10170 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
10171 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
10173 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
10174 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
10176 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
10177 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
10178 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
10179 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
10181 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
10182 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
10183 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10185 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
10187 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10189 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
10191 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
10192 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
10193 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
10194 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
10196 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
10197 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
10198 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
10202 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
10203 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15510 21813))
10204 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
10206 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
10207 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
10209 Affects only the mouse index menu.
10211 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
10212 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
10215 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
10217 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
10218 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
10219 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
10221 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
10222 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
10224 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
10225 to create a buffer index.
10227 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
10228 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
10230 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
10231 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
10232 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
10233 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
10234 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
10236 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
10237 entries are not nested.
10239 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
10240 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
10241 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
10242 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
10244 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
10245 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
10247 The variable is buffer-local.
10249 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
10250 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
10251 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
10253 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
10254 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
10255 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
10258 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
10260 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
10261 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
10263 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
10264 of the current buffer as an alist.
10266 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
10267 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
10268 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
10269 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
10270 if it is a sub-alist.
10272 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
10274 The variable is buffer-local.")
10276 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
10278 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
10279 Function for finding the next index position.
10281 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
10282 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
10283 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
10286 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
10287 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
10289 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10291 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
10293 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
10294 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
10296 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
10297 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
10298 It should return the name for that index item.
10300 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10302 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
10304 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
10305 Function to compare string with index item.
10307 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
10308 non-nil if they match.
10310 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
10311 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
10312 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
10315 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10317 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
10319 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
10320 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
10321 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
10323 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
10325 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
10327 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
10329 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
10330 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
10331 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
10332 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
10334 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
10335 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
10337 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
10339 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
10340 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
10341 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
10342 for more information." t nil)
10346 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
10347 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
10348 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15656 53216))
10349 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
10351 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
10352 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. " t nil)
10354 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10356 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10358 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10360 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
10361 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
10362 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
10363 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
10364 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'." nil nil)
10366 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
10367 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
10368 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
10369 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
10370 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'." nil nil)
10374 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
10375 ;;;;;; (15651 7290))
10376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
10378 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
10379 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
10380 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
10381 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
10382 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
10384 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
10385 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
10387 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
10388 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
10389 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
10390 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
10391 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
10392 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
10393 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
10394 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
10396 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
10397 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
10398 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
10399 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
10400 Inferior Lisp buffer.
10402 This variable is only used if the variable
10403 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
10405 More precise choices:
10406 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
10407 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
10410 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
10412 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
10413 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
10415 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
10416 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
10417 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
10419 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
10420 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
10421 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
10422 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
10423 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
10425 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
10429 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
10430 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
10431 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
10432 ;;;;;; (15664 47248))
10433 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
10435 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
10436 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
10437 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
10439 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
10440 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
10441 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
10442 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
10443 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
10444 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
10446 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
10447 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
10449 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
10450 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
10451 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
10453 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" nil t nil)
10455 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
10456 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
10457 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
10458 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
10460 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
10461 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
10463 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
10464 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
10465 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10466 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10467 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10469 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
10470 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
10472 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
10473 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10474 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10475 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10477 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
10478 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
10479 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
10483 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
10484 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
10485 ;;;;;; (15671 3848))
10486 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
10488 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
10489 Throw away all cached data.
10490 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
10491 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
10494 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
10495 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
10496 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
10497 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
10498 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10499 The default symbol is the one found at point.
10501 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
10503 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
10504 Display the documentation of a file.
10505 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
10506 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
10507 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10508 The default file name is the one found at point.
10510 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
10512 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
10513 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
10515 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
10516 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
10520 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
10521 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15185 49574))
10522 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
10524 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
10525 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
10527 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
10528 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
10529 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
10531 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
10532 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
10533 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
10535 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
10536 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
10537 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
10538 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
10540 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
10541 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
10542 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
10544 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
10545 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
10546 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
10547 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
10548 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
10552 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
10553 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
10554 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
10555 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
10557 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10558 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
10560 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10561 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
10563 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
10567 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
10568 ;;;;;; (15640 49863))
10569 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
10571 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
10572 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
10573 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
10574 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
10575 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
10576 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
10578 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
10579 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
10581 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
10582 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
10583 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
10584 \"s gives German sharp s.
10585 /a gives a with ring.
10586 /e gives an a-e ligature.
10587 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
10588 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
10589 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
10591 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
10592 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
10596 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
10597 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
10598 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
10599 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15186 56483))
10600 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
10602 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
10603 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
10604 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10605 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10607 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
10608 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
10609 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10610 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10612 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
10613 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
10614 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10615 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10617 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10618 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10619 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10620 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10622 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10623 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10624 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10625 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10627 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
10628 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10629 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10630 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10632 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
10633 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10634 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10635 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10637 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
10638 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
10639 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10640 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10642 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10643 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10644 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10645 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10647 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10648 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
10650 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10651 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
10653 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
10654 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
10658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
10659 ;;;;;; (15404 61941))
10660 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
10661 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
10662 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
10663 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
10667 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
10668 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
10669 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
10670 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
10671 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
10672 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15609 17209))
10673 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
10675 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
10676 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
10678 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
10679 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
10680 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
10681 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
10683 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
10684 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
10685 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
10687 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
10689 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
10691 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
10693 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
10695 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
10697 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
10699 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
10700 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
10702 Each element of this list is also a list:
10704 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
10705 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
10707 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
10708 nil means the default dictionary.
10710 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
10713 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
10715 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
10716 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
10717 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
10718 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
10719 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
10720 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
10721 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
10722 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
10723 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
10725 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
10726 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
10729 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
10732 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
10733 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
10734 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
10735 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
10736 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
10737 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
10738 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
10739 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
10741 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
10743 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
10744 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
10745 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
10747 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
10748 Key map for ispell menu.")
10750 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
10751 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
10752 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
10753 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
10755 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
10757 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dir (if (boundp (quote ispell-library-directory)) ispell-library-directory)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) ((or (not dir) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))))
10759 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
10761 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
10763 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
10765 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
10766 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
10767 The alist key must be a regular expression.
10768 Valid forms include:
10769 (KEY) - just skip the key.
10770 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
10771 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
10772 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
10774 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
10775 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
10776 First list is used raw.
10777 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
10779 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
10780 for skipping in latex mode.")
10782 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
10784 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
10785 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
10786 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
10787 in a window allowing you to choose one.
10789 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
10790 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
10791 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
10792 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
10793 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
10795 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
10796 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
10798 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
10800 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
10801 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
10804 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
10805 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
10806 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
10807 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
10808 quit spell session exited." t nil)
10810 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
10811 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
10812 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
10814 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
10815 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10819 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10820 SPC: Accept word this time.
10821 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10822 `a': Accept word for this session.
10823 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10824 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10825 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10826 `?': Show these commands.
10827 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10828 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10829 the aborted check to be completed later.
10830 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10831 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10832 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10833 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10834 `C-l': redraws screen
10835 `C-r': recursive edit
10836 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10838 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10839 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10840 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10842 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10843 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10844 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10846 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10848 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10850 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10851 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10852 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10853 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10855 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10856 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10858 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10859 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10861 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10862 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10864 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10865 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
10866 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10867 sequence inside of a word.
10869 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10871 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10872 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10874 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10875 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10876 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10877 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10879 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10880 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10881 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10882 available on the net." t nil)
10884 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10885 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10886 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10888 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10889 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10891 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10892 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10894 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10895 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10896 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10897 Don't check included messages.
10899 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10900 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10901 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10903 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10904 in your .emacs file:
10905 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10906 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10907 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10908 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10910 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10911 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10912 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10916 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10917 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10918 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15544 37705))
10919 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10921 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10922 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10923 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10924 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10925 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10926 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10928 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10929 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10930 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10931 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10933 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10935 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10936 Switch to another buffer.
10938 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10939 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10940 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10942 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10944 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10945 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10946 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10947 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10949 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10950 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10951 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10952 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10954 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10955 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10956 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10957 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10959 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10960 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
10961 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10962 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10963 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10965 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10967 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10969 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10970 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10971 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10972 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10973 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10977 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10978 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10979 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10980 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15185 62673))
10981 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10983 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10985 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10986 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10987 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10988 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10989 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10990 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10991 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10992 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10994 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10995 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10996 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10997 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10999 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
11000 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
11001 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
11002 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
11003 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
11005 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
11006 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
11007 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
11008 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
11010 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
11011 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
11012 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
11013 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
11015 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
11016 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
11018 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
11019 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
11020 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
11021 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
11022 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
11024 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
11025 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
11026 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
11027 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
11028 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
11030 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
11031 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11032 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
11036 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15361
11038 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
11040 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
11041 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
11042 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
11043 that needs to be (re)fontified.
11044 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
11048 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
11049 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15623 548))
11050 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
11052 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
11053 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
11054 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11055 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11056 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
11058 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11060 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
11062 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
11063 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
11064 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
11065 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
11067 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
11068 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
11072 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
11073 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
11074 ;;;;;; (15640 49861))
11075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
11077 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
11078 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
11079 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11080 decimal key must be specified.")
11082 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11084 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-setup) (quote keypad))
11086 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
11087 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
11088 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11089 decimal key must be specified.")
11091 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-numlock-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11093 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-numlock-setup) (quote keypad))
11095 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
11096 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
11097 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11098 decimal key must be specified.")
11100 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11102 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
11104 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
11105 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
11106 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11107 decimal key must be specified.")
11109 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11111 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
11113 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
11114 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
11115 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
11116 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
11117 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
11121 -------------------------------------------------------------
11122 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
11123 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
11124 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
11125 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
11126 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map.
11128 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
11129 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'" nil nil)
11133 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
11134 ;;;;;; (15185 62673))
11135 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
11137 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
11138 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
11139 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
11141 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
11142 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
11143 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
11144 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
11147 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
11148 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
11149 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
11153 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15185
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
11157 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
11158 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
11159 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
11160 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
11161 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
11162 positions that contains the current selection.")
11164 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
11165 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
11166 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
11167 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
11168 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
11169 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
11170 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
11174 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-initialize kmacro-initialize) "kmacro"
11175 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (15647 46106))
11176 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
11178 (defvar kmacro-initialize nil "\
11179 Setting this variable turns on the kmacro functionality.
11180 This binds the kmacro function keys in the `global-map', so
11181 unsetting this variable does not have any effect!")
11183 (custom-add-to-group (quote kmacro) (quote kmacro-initialize) (quote custom-variable))
11185 (custom-add-load (quote kmacro-initialize) (quote kmacro))
11187 (autoload (quote kmacro-initialize) "kmacro" "\
11188 Setup key bindings for the keyboard macro package.
11189 If specified, use keys START-KEY, CALL-KEY, and CALL-MOUSE.
11190 Don't bind to any mouse event if CALL-MOUSE is t.
11191 Otherwise, use customized keys." nil nil)
11195 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
11196 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15185 62673))
11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
11199 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
11200 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
11201 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
11203 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
11207 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
11208 ;;;;;; (15354 48719))
11209 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
11211 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
11213 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
11214 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
11216 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
11218 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
11219 Start or resume an Lm game.
11220 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11221 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
11223 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
11224 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
11225 none / 1 | yes | no
11230 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
11231 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
11232 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
11236 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
11237 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
11238 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15377
11240 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
11242 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
11244 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
11245 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
11246 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
11247 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
11248 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
11249 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
11251 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
11252 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
11254 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
11255 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
11257 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
11259 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
11260 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
11261 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
11262 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
11265 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
11267 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
11271 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
11272 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15377 1423))
11273 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
11275 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
11276 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
11277 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
11278 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
11279 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
11280 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
11281 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
11282 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
11284 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
11285 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
11287 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11288 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
11290 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
11292 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
11294 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
11295 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
11296 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
11297 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
11298 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
11299 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
11300 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
11301 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil)
11303 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
11304 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
11305 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
11306 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
11308 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11309 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
11311 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
11313 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
11317 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
11318 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15510 21813))
11319 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
11321 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
11322 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
11323 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
11324 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
11326 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
11328 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
11329 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
11332 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
11334 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
11335 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
11336 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
11337 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
11338 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
11341 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
11342 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
11343 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
11344 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
11345 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
11347 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
11348 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
11349 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
11350 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
11351 slow to keep up with your typing.
11353 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
11354 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
11355 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
11356 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
11357 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
11358 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
11360 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
11361 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
11362 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
11363 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
11365 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
11366 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
11367 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
11368 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
11370 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
11371 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
11372 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
11373 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
11374 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
11376 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
11377 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
11381 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
11382 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
11383 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
11385 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
11386 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
11388 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
11389 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
11391 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
11392 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
11394 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
11395 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
11396 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
11397 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
11398 for later transmission to Lisp job.
11399 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
11400 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
11401 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
11402 and transmit saved text.
11404 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
11405 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
11407 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
11411 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64776))
11412 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
11414 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
11415 Run Conway's Life simulation.
11416 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
11417 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
11418 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
11422 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14846
11424 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
11426 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
11427 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
11428 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
11429 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
11433 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
11434 ;;;;;; (15400 23926))
11435 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
11437 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
11438 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
11439 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
11441 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
11442 Run the locate command with a filter.
11444 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
11445 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
11449 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15326 11642))
11450 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
11452 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
11453 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
11454 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
11455 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
11456 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
11457 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
11458 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
11459 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
11460 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
11461 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
11462 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
11463 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
11464 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
11468 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15408
11470 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
11472 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
11473 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
11477 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
11478 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15595
11480 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
11482 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
11484 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
11486 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
11487 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
11488 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
11490 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
11491 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
11493 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
11494 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
11495 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
11496 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
11497 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
11498 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
11499 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
11501 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
11502 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
11503 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
11504 switch on this list.
11505 See `lpr-command'.")
11507 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
11508 *Name of program for printing a file.
11510 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
11511 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
11512 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
11513 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
11514 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
11515 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
11518 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
11519 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
11520 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11521 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11523 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
11524 Paginate and print buffer contents.
11526 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11527 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11528 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11529 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11531 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11532 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11534 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11535 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11537 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
11538 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
11539 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11540 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11542 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
11543 Paginate and print the region contents.
11545 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11546 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11547 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11548 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11550 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11551 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11553 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11554 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15407 18714))
11559 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
11561 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
11565 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15186
11567 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
11569 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
11570 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
11571 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11573 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
11577 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15186
11579 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
11581 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
11582 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
11588 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
11589 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15185 49574))
11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
11592 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11593 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
11594 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
11595 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
11596 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
11598 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11599 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
11600 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
11601 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
11603 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
11604 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
11605 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
11606 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
11609 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
11610 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
11612 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
11613 Query user during kbd macro execution.
11614 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
11615 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
11616 each time the macro executes.
11617 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
11618 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
11619 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
11620 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
11621 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
11622 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
11623 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
11625 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
11626 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
11627 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
11629 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
11630 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
11631 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
11634 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
11635 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
11637 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
11638 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
11639 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
11640 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
11641 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
11643 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
11646 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
11647 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
11648 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
11650 You could enter the names in this format:
11656 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
11659 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
11662 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
11663 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
11665 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
11669 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
11670 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15661 53043))
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
11673 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
11674 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
11675 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
11676 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
11678 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
11679 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
11680 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
11681 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
11682 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
11684 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
11685 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
11686 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
11687 consing a string.)" nil nil)
11689 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
11690 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
11694 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
11695 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
11696 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
11697 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
11699 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
11700 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
11702 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
11704 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
11705 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
11707 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
11708 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
11709 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
11712 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
11716 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
11717 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
11718 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15513
11720 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
11722 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
11723 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
11724 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
11725 often correct parser.")
11727 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
11729 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11730 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
11731 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11732 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11734 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11735 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
11736 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11737 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11739 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
11740 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
11741 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11742 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
11744 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
11745 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
11746 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
11747 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
11748 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
11749 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
11753 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
11754 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15664 47249))
11755 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
11757 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
11758 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
11760 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
11761 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
11762 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
11764 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
11765 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
11766 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
11770 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
11771 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15303
11773 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
11775 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
11776 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
11777 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11779 If `parens', they look like:
11780 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11781 If `angles', they look like:
11782 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
11784 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
11785 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
11786 If interactive, expand in header fields.
11787 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
11788 their `Resent-' variants.
11790 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
11791 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
11793 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
11794 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
11795 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
11797 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
11798 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
11799 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
11800 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
11802 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
11803 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
11804 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
11805 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
11809 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
11810 ;;;;;; (15365 19469))
11811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
11813 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
11814 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
11815 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
11817 \\{makefile-mode-map}
11819 In the browser, use the following keys:
11821 \\{makefile-browser-map}
11823 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
11825 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
11826 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
11828 `makefile-target-colon':
11829 The string that gets appended to all target names
11830 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
11831 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
11833 `makefile-macro-assign':
11834 The string that gets appended to all macro names
11835 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
11836 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
11837 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
11838 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
11839 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
11841 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
11842 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
11843 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
11845 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
11846 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
11848 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
11849 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
11850 up or down in the browser.
11852 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
11853 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
11855 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
11856 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
11858 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
11859 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
11860 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
11861 has been selected in the browser.
11863 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
11864 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
11865 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
11866 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
11867 filenames are omitted.
11869 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p':
11870 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
11871 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
11872 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
11873 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
11874 the backslash itself intact.
11875 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
11876 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
11878 `makefile-browser-hook':
11879 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
11880 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
11882 `makefile-special-targets-list':
11883 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
11884 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
11885 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
11889 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
11891 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
11893 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
11894 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
11895 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
11899 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15425 23120))
11900 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
11902 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
11904 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
11905 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
11906 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
11907 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
11908 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
11909 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
11910 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
11912 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
11913 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
11914 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
11915 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
11917 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
11918 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
11922 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15400 24164))
11923 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
11925 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
11926 Toggle Master mode.
11927 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
11928 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
11929 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
11931 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
11932 following commands:
11934 \\{master-mode-map}
11936 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
11937 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
11938 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil)
11942 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
11943 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
11944 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
11945 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
11946 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
11947 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
11948 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
11949 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
11950 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
11951 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15533 28774))
11952 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
11954 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
11955 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
11957 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
11959 If `parens', they look like:
11960 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11961 If `angles', they look like:
11962 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11964 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
11965 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
11967 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
11968 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
11970 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
11971 *Local news organization file.")
11973 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
11974 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11975 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
11976 variable `mail-header-separator'.
11978 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11979 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11980 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11982 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11984 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11985 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
11987 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11988 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11990 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11991 *Function for citing an original message.
11992 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11993 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11994 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11996 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11997 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11998 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11999 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
12000 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
12002 (defvar message-signature t "\
12003 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
12004 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
12005 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
12006 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
12008 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
12009 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
12010 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
12011 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
12013 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12015 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
12016 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
12017 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
12018 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
12019 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
12020 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
12021 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
12022 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
12023 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
12024 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
12025 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
12026 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
12027 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
12028 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
12029 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
12030 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
12031 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
12032 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
12033 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
12034 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
12035 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
12036 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
12037 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
12038 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
12039 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
12041 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
12042 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12043 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
12045 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
12046 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
12048 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
12049 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
12051 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
12052 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
12054 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
12055 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
12056 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
12058 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
12059 Cancel an article you posted.
12060 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
12062 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
12063 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
12064 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
12065 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
12067 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
12068 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
12070 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
12071 Forward the current message via mail.
12072 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
12073 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
12075 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
12077 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
12079 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
12080 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
12082 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
12083 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
12085 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
12086 Re-mail the current message.
12087 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
12088 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
12091 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
12092 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
12094 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
12095 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
12097 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
12098 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
12100 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
12101 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
12103 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
12104 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
12105 Works by overstriking characters.
12106 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
12107 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
12109 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
12110 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
12111 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
12112 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
12116 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
12117 ;;;;;; (15577 64658))
12118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
12120 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
12121 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
12125 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
12126 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
12128 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
12129 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
12133 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
12134 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
12138 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
12139 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
12140 ;;;;;; (14861 58026))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
12143 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
12144 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
12145 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
12147 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
12148 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
12149 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
12150 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
12151 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
12152 redisplayed as output is inserted.
12153 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
12155 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
12156 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
12157 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
12158 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
12159 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
12161 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
12162 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
12164 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
12165 Process current region through 'metamail'.
12166 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
12167 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
12168 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
12170 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
12171 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
12175 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
12176 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15394 11401))
12177 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
12179 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
12180 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
12181 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12182 to the MH mail system.
12184 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
12186 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
12187 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
12188 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12189 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
12190 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
12191 that want to create a mail buffer.
12192 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
12194 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
12195 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
12196 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12197 to the MH mail system.
12199 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
12201 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
12202 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
12203 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
12204 using the MH mail handling system.
12205 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
12208 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
12210 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
12212 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
12213 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
12214 the yanked message.
12216 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
12217 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
12218 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
12219 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
12220 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
12222 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
12223 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
12224 inserted in a draft letter.
12226 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
12227 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
12229 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
12233 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15394
12235 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
12237 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
12238 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
12239 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12240 to the MH mail system." t nil)
12242 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
12243 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
12247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15185 62673))
12248 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
12250 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
12251 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
12255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15400 24719))
12256 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
12258 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12260 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12262 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12264 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12268 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
12269 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15185 62672))
12270 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
12272 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
12273 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
12274 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
12275 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
12276 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
12277 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
12278 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
12279 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
12280 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
12281 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
12282 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
12284 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
12285 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
12286 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
12287 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
12291 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
12292 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15381 46814))
12293 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
12295 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
12296 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
12297 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12298 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12299 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
12301 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12303 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
12305 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
12306 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
12307 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
12308 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
12309 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
12310 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
12311 default indication.
12313 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12314 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12318 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
12319 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
12320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
12322 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
12323 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
12324 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
12325 the entire message.
12326 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
12330 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
12331 ;;;;;; (15216 151))
12332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
12334 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
12335 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
12337 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
12338 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
12342 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
12343 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
12344 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
12346 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
12347 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
12348 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
12349 followed by the first character of the construct.
12351 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
12352 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
12353 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
12354 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
12355 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
12356 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
12357 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
12358 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
12359 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
12360 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
12361 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
12362 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
12363 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
12366 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
12367 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
12368 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
12372 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
12373 ;;;;;; (15186 44923))
12374 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
12376 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
12377 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
12379 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
12380 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
12384 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15668
12386 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
12388 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
12389 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
12390 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12392 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
12394 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse-sel) (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12396 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote mouse-sel))
12398 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
12399 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
12400 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12401 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
12403 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
12405 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
12407 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
12409 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
12410 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
12411 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
12412 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
12413 Triple-clicking selects lines.
12414 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
12416 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
12417 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
12418 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
12419 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
12420 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
12422 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
12423 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
12425 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
12426 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
12428 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
12430 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
12431 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
12432 primary selection and region." t nil)
12436 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15572 18539))
12437 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
12439 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
12440 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
12444 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15577 29858))
12445 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
12447 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
12448 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
12449 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12451 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
12453 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12455 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
12457 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
12459 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12460 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
12461 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
12465 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
12466 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
12467 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
12468 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
12469 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
12470 ;;;;;; (15669 48157))
12471 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
12473 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
12474 Display a list of all character sets.
12476 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
12477 internal Emacs use.
12479 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
12480 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
12481 hexadecimal digits.
12482 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
12483 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
12485 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
12486 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
12487 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
12488 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
12490 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12491 but still shows the full information." t nil)
12493 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
12494 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
12495 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
12496 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
12497 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
12499 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
12500 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
12501 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
12502 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
12503 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
12505 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
12506 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
12507 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
12508 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
12509 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'." t nil)
12511 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
12512 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET." t nil)
12514 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12515 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
12517 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
12518 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
12520 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
12521 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
12523 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12524 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12525 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
12526 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
12527 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
12528 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
12529 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12530 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12531 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12532 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12533 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12534 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12535 `default-process-coding-system' for read
12536 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
12537 `default-process-coding-system' for write
12538 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
12540 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12541 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
12543 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
12544 Display a list of all coding systems.
12545 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
12547 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12548 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
12550 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
12551 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
12553 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
12554 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
12556 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
12557 Display information about FONTSET.
12558 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
12560 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
12561 Display a list of all fontsets.
12562 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
12563 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
12564 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
12566 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
12567 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
12569 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
12570 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
12572 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
12573 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
12574 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
12575 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
12579 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
12580 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
12581 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
12582 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
12583 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
12584 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
12585 ;;;;;; (15671 1184))
12586 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
12588 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
12589 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
12590 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
12592 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
12594 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
12595 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
12597 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
12598 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
12600 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
12601 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
12603 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
12604 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
12605 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
12606 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
12607 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
12608 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
12609 buffer; see also `char-width'.
12611 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
12612 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
12613 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
12614 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
12615 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
12616 middle of a character in STR.
12618 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
12619 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
12621 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
12622 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
12623 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
12624 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
12625 defaults to \"...\"." nil nil)
12627 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
12629 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
12631 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
12632 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
12634 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
12635 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
12636 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
12638 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
12639 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
12640 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
12642 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12643 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
12644 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
12646 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
12647 longer than KEYSEQ.
12648 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
12650 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12651 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
12652 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
12653 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
12654 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
12655 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
12656 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
12657 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
12658 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
12659 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
12660 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
12662 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
12663 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
12665 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12666 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil)
12668 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12669 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil)
12671 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
12672 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil)
12674 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
12675 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil)
12677 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
12678 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
12679 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
12680 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
12682 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
12683 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
12684 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
12685 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
12687 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
12688 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
12689 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
12690 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
12694 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
12695 ;;;;;; (15644 46690))
12696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
12698 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
12699 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
12700 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12701 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12702 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
12704 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12706 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
12708 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
12709 Toggle mouse wheel support.
12710 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12711 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12713 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
12714 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
12718 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
12719 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
12720 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
12721 ;;;;;; (15416 26762))
12722 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
12724 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
12725 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
12727 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
12729 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
12730 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
12732 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
12733 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
12735 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
12737 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
12738 Run netstat program." t nil)
12740 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
12741 Run the arp program." t nil)
12743 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
12744 Run the route program." t nil)
12746 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
12747 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
12749 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
12750 Run nslookup program." t nil)
12752 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
12753 Run dig program." t nil)
12755 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
12756 Run ftp program." t nil)
12758 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
12759 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
12761 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
12762 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
12763 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
12764 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
12766 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
12768 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
12769 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
12771 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
12772 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
12776 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
12777 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
12778 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
12779 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
12780 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (15640 49859))
12781 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
12783 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
12785 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
12787 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
12789 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
12791 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
12793 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
12794 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
12795 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
12796 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
12797 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
12798 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
12800 (defvar comment-start nil "\
12801 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
12803 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
12804 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
12805 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
12806 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
12808 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
12809 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
12811 (defvar comment-end "" "\
12812 *String to insert to end a new comment.
12813 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
12815 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
12816 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
12817 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
12818 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
12819 column indentation or nil.
12820 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
12822 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
12823 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
12824 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
12826 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
12827 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
12828 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
12829 of the corresponding number of spaces.
12831 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
12832 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
12834 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
12835 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
12836 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
12838 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
12840 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
12841 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
12843 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
12844 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
12845 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
12847 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
12848 Set the comment column based on point.
12849 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
12850 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
12851 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
12852 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
12854 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
12855 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
12856 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
12858 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12859 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
12860 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
12861 comment markers." t nil)
12863 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
12864 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
12865 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
12866 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
12867 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
12868 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
12869 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
12870 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
12872 The strings used as comment starts are built from
12873 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
12875 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12876 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
12877 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
12878 is passed on to the respective function." t nil)
12880 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
12881 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
12882 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
12883 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
12884 case it calls `uncomment-region').
12885 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
12886 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
12887 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
12889 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
12890 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
12891 This indents the body of the continued comment
12892 under the previous comment line.
12894 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
12895 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
12896 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
12898 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
12899 or comment indentation.
12901 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
12902 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
12906 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15640
12908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
12910 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
12911 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
12912 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
12913 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
12914 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
12915 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
12919 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
12920 ;;;;;; (15544 37709))
12921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
12923 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
12924 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
12925 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
12929 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
12930 ;;;;;; (14858 45538))
12931 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
12933 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
12934 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
12935 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
12939 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
12940 ;;;;;; (15538 21134))
12941 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
12943 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
12944 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
12948 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
12949 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15655 50635))
12950 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
12952 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
12953 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
12955 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12956 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
12958 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12959 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
12963 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
12964 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15515 40558))
12965 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
12967 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
12968 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
12969 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12971 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12973 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12974 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12975 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12976 to future sessions." t nil)
12978 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12979 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12980 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12981 to future sessions." t nil)
12985 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12986 ;;;;;; (15293 32589))
12987 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12989 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12990 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12992 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12993 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12994 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12998 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12999 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
13000 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
13002 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
13003 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
13004 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
13005 specified by `octave-help-files'.
13006 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
13010 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
13011 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
13012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
13014 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
13015 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
13016 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
13018 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
13020 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
13021 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
13023 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
13024 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
13025 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
13027 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
13031 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
13032 ;;;;;; (15407 37706))
13033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
13035 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
13036 Major mode for editing Octave code.
13038 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
13039 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
13040 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
13041 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
13043 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
13044 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
13045 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
13046 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
13047 is why you need this mode!).
13049 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
13050 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
13051 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
13053 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
13058 \\{octave-mode-map}
13060 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
13061 ==============================================
13064 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
13067 octave-auto-newline
13068 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
13071 octave-blink-matching-block
13072 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
13073 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
13075 octave-block-offset
13076 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
13079 octave-continuation-offset
13080 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
13083 octave-continuation-string
13084 String used for Octave continuation lines.
13085 Default is a backslash.
13087 octave-mode-startup-message
13088 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
13091 octave-send-echo-input
13092 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
13093 command to the inferior Octave process.
13095 octave-send-line-auto-forward
13096 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
13097 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
13099 octave-send-echo-input
13100 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
13102 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
13104 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
13105 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
13107 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
13108 (setq auto-mode-alist
13109 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
13111 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
13112 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
13114 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
13118 (if (eq window-system 'x)
13119 (font-lock-mode 1))))
13121 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
13122 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
13123 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
13124 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
13128 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
13129 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
13130 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
13132 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
13133 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
13134 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
13136 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
13137 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
13138 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
13139 in which there are commands to set the option values.
13140 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
13142 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
13146 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
13147 ;;;;;; (15593 36680))
13148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
13150 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
13151 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
13152 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
13153 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
13155 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
13156 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
13157 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
13158 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
13160 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
13161 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
13162 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
13163 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
13164 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
13165 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
13167 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
13168 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
13170 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
13171 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
13172 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
13173 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
13174 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
13175 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
13176 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
13177 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
13178 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
13179 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
13180 The subheadings remain visible.
13181 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
13183 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
13184 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
13185 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
13187 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
13188 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
13190 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
13191 Toggle Outline minor mode.
13192 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13193 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
13197 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15501 5682))
13198 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
13200 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
13201 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
13202 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13204 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
13206 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13208 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
13210 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
13211 Toggle Show Paren mode.
13212 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13213 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
13215 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
13216 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
13220 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15465
13222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
13224 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
13225 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
13226 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13228 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
13229 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
13231 Other useful functions are:
13233 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
13234 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
13235 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
13236 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
13237 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
13238 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
13239 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
13240 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
13241 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
13243 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
13245 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
13246 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
13247 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
13248 Indentation for case statements.
13249 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
13250 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
13252 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
13253 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
13254 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
13255 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
13256 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13257 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
13258 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
13259 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
13260 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
13261 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
13263 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
13264 pascal-separator-keywords.
13266 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
13267 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13271 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
13272 ;;;;;; (15214 27238))
13273 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
13275 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
13276 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
13277 The keys affected are:
13278 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
13279 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
13280 M-Backspace does undo.
13281 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
13282 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
13283 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
13287 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
13288 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15510 21814))
13289 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
13291 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13292 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
13293 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13294 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13295 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
13297 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13299 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13301 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
13302 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
13304 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13306 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
13307 which modify the status of the mark.
13309 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
13310 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
13312 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
13313 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
13315 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
13316 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
13317 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
13318 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
13319 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
13321 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
13322 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
13324 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
13325 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
13326 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
13328 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
13329 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
13330 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
13332 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
13333 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
13335 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
13336 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
13337 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
13339 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
13340 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
13341 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
13347 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
13348 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
13349 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
13351 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13352 Toggle PC Selection mode.
13353 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
13354 and cursor movement commands.
13355 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13356 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
13358 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13360 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13364 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15645
13366 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
13368 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
13369 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
13373 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
13374 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15185 62672))
13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
13377 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13378 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
13380 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13381 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
13383 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13384 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
13386 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13387 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
13389 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13393 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
13394 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15185 62672))
13395 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
13397 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13398 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
13400 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13401 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
13403 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13404 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
13408 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15185
13410 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
13412 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
13413 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
13414 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
13415 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
13416 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
13417 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
13421 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
13422 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
13423 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15185 62672))
13424 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
13426 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13427 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
13429 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
13431 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13432 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
13434 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13435 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
13437 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13438 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
13440 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13442 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13443 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
13445 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13446 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
13448 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13449 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
13453 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
13454 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
13455 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15500
13457 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
13459 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
13460 Support extensible programmable completion.
13461 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
13462 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
13464 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
13465 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
13467 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
13468 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13469 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13471 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
13472 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
13474 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
13475 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13476 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13478 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
13479 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
13481 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
13482 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
13484 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13485 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
13486 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
13487 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
13488 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
13490 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13491 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
13495 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
13496 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
13497 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15640 49860))
13498 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
13500 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
13501 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
13502 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
13503 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13505 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
13507 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
13508 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
13509 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
13510 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13511 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13512 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
13513 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
13515 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
13516 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
13517 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
13518 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13519 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13520 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13521 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13522 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13524 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
13525 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13526 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13527 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13528 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13529 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
13531 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
13532 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13533 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13534 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13535 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13536 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13537 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13539 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
13541 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
13542 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
13543 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
13545 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
13546 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
13547 nil means never do it.
13548 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
13549 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
13550 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
13552 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
13553 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
13554 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
13558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15646 4758))
13559 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
13561 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
13565 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
13566 ;;;;;; (15437 4642))
13567 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
13569 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
13570 Major mode for editing Perl code.
13571 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
13572 Tab indents for Perl code.
13573 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
13574 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13575 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13577 Variables controlling indentation style:
13578 `perl-tab-always-indent'
13579 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
13580 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13581 `perl-tab-to-comment'
13582 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
13583 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
13584 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
13586 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
13587 `perl-indent-level'
13588 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
13589 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13590 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13591 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
13592 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13593 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13594 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
13595 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13596 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
13597 `perl-brace-offset'
13598 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13599 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
13600 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13601 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13602 `perl-label-offset'
13603 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
13604 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
13605 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
13607 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
13608 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
13609 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
13610 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
13611 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
13612 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
13613 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
13615 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
13619 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
13620 ;;;;;; (15648 42443))
13621 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
13623 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
13624 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
13625 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
13626 afterwards settable by these commands:
13627 C-c < Move left after insertion.
13628 C-c > Move right after insertion.
13629 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
13630 C-c . Move down after insertion.
13631 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
13632 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
13633 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
13634 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
13635 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
13636 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
13637 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
13638 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
13639 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
13640 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
13641 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
13642 with these commands:
13643 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
13644 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
13645 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
13646 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
13647 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
13648 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
13649 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
13650 Return Move to beginning of next line.
13651 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
13652 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
13653 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
13654 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
13655 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
13656 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
13657 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
13658 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
13659 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
13660 You can manipulate text with these commands:
13661 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
13662 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
13663 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
13664 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
13665 text is saved in the kill ring.
13666 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
13667 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
13668 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
13669 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
13670 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
13671 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
13672 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
13673 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
13674 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
13675 commands if invoked soon enough.
13676 You can return to the previous mode with:
13677 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
13678 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
13680 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
13682 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
13683 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
13685 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
13689 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
13690 ;;;;;; (15507 32977))
13691 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
13693 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
13694 Return a Mule (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file charset.
13695 Called through file-coding-system-alist, before the file is visited for real." nil nil)
13699 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15457 7212))
13700 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
13702 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
13703 Play pong and waste time.
13704 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
13705 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
13707 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
13709 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
13713 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
13714 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15467 59919))
13715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
13717 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
13718 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
13719 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
13720 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible." nil nil)
13722 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
13723 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
13724 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
13725 can handle, whenever this is possible.
13726 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
13728 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
13729 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
13730 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
13731 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
13732 in the variable `values'." t nil)
13734 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
13735 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
13736 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
13737 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
13741 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
13742 ;;;;;; (15609 17209))
13743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
13745 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
13746 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
13747 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
13749 \\{prolog-mode-map}
13750 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
13751 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13753 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
13754 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
13758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 24982))
13759 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
13761 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
13762 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
13763 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
13767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15490 41428))
13768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
13769 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
13773 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
13774 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
13775 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
13776 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15640 49860))
13777 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
13779 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
13780 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
13784 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
13785 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
13786 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
13787 changed by setting the variable
13788 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
13789 The initial value of this variable is
13790 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
13793 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
13794 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
13795 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
13796 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
13797 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
13798 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
13801 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
13802 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
13803 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
13804 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
13805 source file. BDF fonts are included in
13806 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
13807 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
13808 use this value, be sure to have installed
13809 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
13810 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
13811 documentation of this variable).
13813 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
13814 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
13815 characters. This is convenient when you want or
13816 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
13817 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
13818 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
13820 Any other value is treated as nil.")
13822 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
13823 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
13824 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
13826 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13828 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
13829 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
13831 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
13833 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13837 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13839 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13840 the sequence." nil nil)
13842 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
13843 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
13845 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
13848 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13852 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13854 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13855 the sequence." nil nil)
13857 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
13858 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
13860 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
13861 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
13862 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
13864 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
13865 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
13867 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
13868 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
13869 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
13871 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13875 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
13876 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
13877 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
13878 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
13879 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
13880 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15564 39433))
13881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
13883 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
13884 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
13885 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
13886 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
13888 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
13889 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
13891 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13892 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13894 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13895 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
13896 sending it to the printer.
13898 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13899 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13900 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13902 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13903 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13904 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13905 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13906 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13908 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
13909 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13910 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
13912 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13913 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13914 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13915 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13916 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13918 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13919 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13920 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
13921 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
13923 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13925 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13926 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13927 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13928 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13929 so it has a way to determine color values.
13931 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13933 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
13934 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13935 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
13937 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13939 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13940 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13941 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13942 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13943 so it has a way to determine color values.
13945 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13947 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
13948 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
13950 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13951 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
13952 instead of sending it to the printer.
13954 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13955 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13956 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13958 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
13959 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
13960 current ps-print setup.
13961 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
13962 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
13964 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13965 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
13966 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13968 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
13969 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
13970 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13972 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
13973 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
13975 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
13976 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13978 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
13979 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13981 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13982 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13984 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13986 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13988 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13989 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13991 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13992 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13994 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13995 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13997 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13999 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
14001 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
14003 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
14004 foreground and background colors respectively.
14006 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
14007 bold - use bold font.
14008 italic - use italic font.
14009 underline - put a line under text.
14010 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
14011 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
14012 shadow - text will have a shadow.
14013 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
14014 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
14016 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
14020 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
14021 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
14022 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
14023 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
14024 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15640 49863))
14025 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
14027 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
14028 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
14030 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
14031 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
14032 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
14034 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
14035 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
14037 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
14038 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
14039 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
14040 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
14041 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
14042 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
14043 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
14045 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
14046 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
14047 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
14048 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
14049 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
14051 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
14053 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
14054 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
14055 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
14056 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
14057 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
14058 list of candidates.
14060 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
14061 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
14062 command to be called.
14064 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
14065 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
14066 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
14067 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
14069 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
14070 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
14071 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
14072 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
14073 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
14076 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
14077 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
14078 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
14079 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
14081 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
14082 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
14083 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
14084 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
14086 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
14087 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
14088 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
14089 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
14090 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
14091 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
14093 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
14094 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
14095 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
14096 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
14097 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
14098 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
14100 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
14101 covers Quail translation region.
14103 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
14104 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
14105 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
14106 for it) is inserted.
14108 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
14109 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
14110 vs. corresponding command to be called.
14112 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
14113 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
14114 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
14116 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
14117 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
14119 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
14120 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
14121 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
14122 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
14123 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
14125 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
14126 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
14128 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
14129 keyboard type." t nil)
14131 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
14132 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
14133 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
14134 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
14135 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
14136 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
14137 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
14138 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
14139 for the translation.
14140 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
14142 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
14143 it is used to handle KEY.
14145 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
14146 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
14147 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
14148 the following annotation types are supported.
14150 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
14151 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
14153 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
14156 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
14157 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
14158 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
14161 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
14162 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
14164 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
14165 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
14167 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
14168 which to install MAP.
14170 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
14172 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
14173 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
14175 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
14176 which to install MAP.
14178 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
14180 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
14181 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
14182 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
14183 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
14184 a function, or a cons.
14185 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
14186 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
14187 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
14188 for the translation.
14189 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
14190 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
14191 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
14192 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
14193 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
14195 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
14196 it is used to handle KEY.
14198 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
14199 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
14200 current Quail package.
14202 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
14203 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
14205 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
14206 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
14208 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
14209 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
14211 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
14213 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
14214 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
14216 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
14217 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
14218 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
14219 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
14220 of the Emacs source tree.
14222 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
14223 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
14225 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
14226 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
14227 of each directory." t nil)
14231 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
14232 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
14233 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15186
14235 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
14237 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
14238 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
14239 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
14240 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
14242 To make use of this do something like:
14244 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
14246 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
14248 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
14249 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
14251 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
14252 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
14253 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
14255 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
14256 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
14258 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
14259 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
14261 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
14262 is decided." t nil)
14264 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
14265 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
14267 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
14268 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
14269 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
14271 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
14272 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
14274 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
14275 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
14277 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
14278 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
14280 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
14282 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
14284 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
14285 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
14289 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15425
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
14293 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
14294 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
14295 See \\[compile]." t nil)
14299 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
14300 ;;;;;; (15357 4420))
14301 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
14303 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
14304 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
14308 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
14309 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
14310 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15565 44318))
14311 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
14313 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
14314 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
14316 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
14317 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
14319 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
14320 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
14322 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
14323 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
14324 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
14325 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
14326 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
14328 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
14329 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
14331 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
14332 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
14333 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14334 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14335 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
14337 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14339 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
14341 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
14342 Toggle recentf mode.
14343 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14344 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14346 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
14347 were operated on recently." t nil)
14351 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
14352 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
14353 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
14354 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15671
14356 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
14358 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
14359 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
14360 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
14361 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
14363 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
14365 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
14366 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
14367 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
14368 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
14371 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14372 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
14373 to be deleted." t nil)
14375 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14376 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14377 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
14379 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14380 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14383 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14384 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14385 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
14387 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
14388 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
14390 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14391 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
14393 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14396 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
14397 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
14399 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14400 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
14401 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
14402 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
14403 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
14404 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
14405 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
14407 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
14408 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14410 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
14411 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
14413 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14414 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
14415 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
14417 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
14419 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
14420 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
14421 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
14422 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
14423 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
14425 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14426 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
14428 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
14429 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
14430 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
14432 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
14434 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
14436 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14437 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14439 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14440 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
14441 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
14443 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
14444 Blank out the region-rectangle.
14445 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
14447 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14448 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
14449 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
14453 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15396
14455 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
14457 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
14458 Toggle Refill minor mode.
14459 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
14461 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
14462 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
14463 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
14467 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
14468 ;;;;;; (15186 39912))
14469 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
14471 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
14472 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
14474 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
14475 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
14477 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
14478 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
14480 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
14481 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
14482 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
14485 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
14486 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
14487 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
14489 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
14490 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
14491 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
14493 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
14494 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
14496 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
14497 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
14499 \\{reftex-mode-map}
14500 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
14503 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
14507 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
14508 ;;;;;; (15649 61374))
14509 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
14511 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
14512 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
14513 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
14514 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
14515 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
14516 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
14518 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
14520 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
14522 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
14523 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
14524 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
14525 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
14527 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
14528 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
14529 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
14530 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
14534 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
14535 ;;;;;; (15369 62712))
14536 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
14538 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
14539 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
14540 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
14542 To insert new phrases, use
14543 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
14544 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
14546 To index phrases use one of:
14548 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
14549 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
14550 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
14551 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
14552 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
14554 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
14555 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
14557 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
14559 Here are all local bindings.
14561 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
14565 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
14566 ;;;;;; (15640 49861))
14567 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
14569 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
14570 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
14571 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
14572 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
14573 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
14574 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
14576 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
14577 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
14579 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
14580 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
14582 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
14583 Return the depth of REGEXP.
14584 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
14585 in REGEXP." nil nil)
14589 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15182 61046))
14590 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
14592 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
14593 Repeat most recently executed command.
14594 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
14595 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
14596 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
14598 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
14599 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
14600 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
14604 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
14605 ;;;;;; (15356 45077))
14606 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
14608 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
14609 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
14611 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
14612 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
14613 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
14614 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
14615 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
14616 and point is left after the salutation.
14618 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
14619 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
14620 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
14621 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
14622 left after that text.
14624 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
14627 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
14628 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
14629 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
14630 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
14634 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
14635 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
14636 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
14638 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
14639 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
14640 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
14641 visibility of comments that precede it.
14642 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
14643 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
14644 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
14645 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
14646 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
14647 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
14648 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
14649 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
14651 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
14652 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
14653 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
14654 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
14655 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
14656 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
14660 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
14662 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
14664 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
14665 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
14669 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
14670 ;;;;;; (15593 36678))
14671 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
14673 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14674 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
14675 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14677 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14678 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14679 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14681 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
14682 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
14683 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14685 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
14687 (custom-add-to-group (quote global-reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14689 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
14691 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14692 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
14693 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14695 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14696 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14697 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14701 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
14702 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
14703 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15577 18154))
14704 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
14706 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
14707 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14708 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
14709 If emacs is not running under a window system,
14710 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
14712 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
14713 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14714 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
14715 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
14716 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
14718 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
14719 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
14720 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14722 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
14724 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14726 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
14728 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
14729 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode.
14730 When active, any part of the filename being read in the minibuffer
14731 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
14732 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
14733 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
14734 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
14736 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14737 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
14741 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
14742 ;;;;;; (14632 7438))
14743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
14745 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
14746 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
14748 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
14749 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
14753 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15507 55753))
14754 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
14755 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14757 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
14758 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
14759 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
14760 other arguments for `rlogin'.
14762 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
14764 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
14765 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
14766 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
14767 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
14769 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
14770 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
14772 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
14773 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
14775 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
14776 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
14779 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
14780 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
14781 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
14782 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
14783 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
14785 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
14786 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
14787 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
14788 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
14790 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
14791 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
14796 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
14797 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
14798 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
14799 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
14800 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
14801 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
14802 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15649 61373))
14803 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
14805 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
14806 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
14807 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
14808 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
14810 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
14811 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
14812 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
14813 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
14814 value is the user's email address and name.)
14815 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
14817 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
14818 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
14819 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
14820 which normally happens once for each message,
14821 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
14822 To make a change in this variable take effect
14823 for a message that you have already viewed,
14824 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
14826 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
14827 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
14828 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
14829 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
14831 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
14832 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
14834 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
14835 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
14836 A value of nil means don't highlight.
14837 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
14839 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
14840 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
14842 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
14843 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
14845 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
14846 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
14847 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
14848 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
14849 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
14851 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
14852 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
14854 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
14855 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
14857 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
14858 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
14860 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
14861 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
14863 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
14864 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
14866 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
14867 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
14869 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
14870 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
14872 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
14873 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
14875 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
14876 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
14877 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
14878 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
14880 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
14881 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
14883 This is set to nil by default.")
14885 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
14886 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
14887 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
14888 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
14889 until a user explicitly requires it.")
14891 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
14892 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
14893 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14894 It is called with no argument.")
14896 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
14897 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
14898 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
14899 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
14900 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14901 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14902 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14904 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
14905 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
14906 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14907 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14908 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14909 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14911 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
14912 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
14913 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14914 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
14915 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
14917 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
14918 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
14919 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14920 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
14921 MSG is the message number,
14922 REGEXP is the regular expression,
14923 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
14925 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
14926 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
14927 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
14928 this feature is required with `require'.")
14930 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
14931 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
14932 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
14933 the message is decoded as normal way.
14935 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
14936 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
14937 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
14939 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
14940 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
14941 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
14943 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
14944 Read and edit incoming mail.
14945 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
14946 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
14947 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
14949 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
14950 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
14951 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
14952 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
14954 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
14956 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
14957 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
14958 All normal editing commands are turned off.
14959 Instead, these commands are available:
14961 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
14962 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
14963 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
14964 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
14965 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
14966 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
14967 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
14968 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
14969 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
14970 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
14971 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
14972 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
14973 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
14974 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
14975 till a deleted message is found.
14976 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
14977 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
14978 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
14979 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
14980 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
14981 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
14982 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
14983 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
14984 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
14985 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
14986 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
14987 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
14988 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
14989 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
14990 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
14991 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
14992 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
14993 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
14994 (label defaults to last one specified).
14995 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
14996 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
14997 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
14998 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
14999 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
15000 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
15001 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
15002 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
15003 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
15005 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
15006 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
15008 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
15009 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
15013 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
15014 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
15015 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
15017 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
15018 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
15022 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
15023 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
15024 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15185 49575))
15025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
15027 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
15028 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
15029 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
15031 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
15032 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
15033 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
15035 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
15037 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
15038 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
15039 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
15040 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
15041 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
15043 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
15044 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
15045 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
15046 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
15047 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
15051 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
15052 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
15053 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
15055 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
15056 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
15057 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
15058 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
15062 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
15063 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
15064 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15575 18328))
15065 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
15067 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
15068 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
15069 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
15070 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
15071 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
15072 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
15073 a file name as a string.")
15075 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
15076 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
15077 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
15078 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
15079 buffer visiting that file.
15080 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
15081 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
15083 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
15084 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
15086 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
15087 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
15089 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
15090 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
15092 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
15093 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
15095 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
15096 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
15097 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
15098 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
15099 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
15101 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
15102 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
15103 will be appended with their original headers.
15105 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
15106 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
15108 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
15109 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
15111 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
15113 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
15114 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
15115 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
15119 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
15120 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
15121 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15185
15123 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
15125 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
15126 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
15127 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15129 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
15130 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
15131 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15133 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
15134 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
15135 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15137 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
15138 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
15139 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15141 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
15142 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
15143 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15145 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
15146 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
15147 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15149 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
15150 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
15151 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
15152 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
15156 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
15157 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
15158 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
15159 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
15160 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15649 61373))
15161 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
15163 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
15164 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
15166 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
15167 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
15169 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
15170 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
15172 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
15173 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
15174 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
15176 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
15177 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
15178 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
15179 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
15180 only look in the To and From fields.
15181 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
15183 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
15184 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
15185 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
15186 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
15187 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
15189 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
15190 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
15191 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
15192 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
15193 look in the whole message.
15194 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
15196 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
15197 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
15198 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
15200 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
15201 *Function to decode summary-line.
15203 By default, `identity' is set.")
15205 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
15206 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
15207 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
15208 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
15209 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
15210 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
15211 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
15213 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
15214 sent by you under different user names.
15215 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
15217 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
15221 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
15222 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
15223 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
15225 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
15226 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
15227 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
15228 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
15232 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
15233 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15601 18543))
15234 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
15236 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
15237 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string." nil nil)
15239 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
15240 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING." nil nil)
15242 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
15243 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer." t nil)
15245 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
15246 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
15247 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
15249 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
15250 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
15253 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
15255 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
15256 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
15260 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
15261 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
15262 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
15263 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
15264 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
15265 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
15267 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
15268 *This variable is obsolete.")
15270 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15272 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
15274 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
15275 *This variable is obsolete.")
15277 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
15278 *This variable is obsolete.")
15280 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
15281 *This variable is obsolete.")
15283 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
15284 *This variable is obsolete.")
15286 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
15287 *This variable is obsolete.")
15289 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
15290 This function is obsolete." t nil)
15294 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15583
15296 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
15298 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
15299 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil)
15303 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15288
15305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
15307 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
15308 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
15309 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
15310 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
15312 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
15313 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
15314 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
15316 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
15320 matches string STRING literally.
15323 matches character CHAR literally.
15326 matches any character except a newline.
15329 matches any character
15332 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
15333 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
15339 matches any character not in SET
15342 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
15343 in the text being matched
15346 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
15349 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15350 string being matched against.
15353 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15354 string being matched against.
15357 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15358 buffer being matched against.
15361 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15362 buffer being matched against.
15365 matches the empty string, but only at point.
15368 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15372 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
15375 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15378 `(not word-boundary)'
15379 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
15383 matches 0 through 9.
15386 matches ASCII control characters.
15389 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
15392 matches space and tab only.
15395 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
15399 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
15403 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15404 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15407 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15408 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15411 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
15414 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
15417 matches anything lower-case.
15420 matches anything upper-case.
15423 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15424 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
15427 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
15430 matches anything that has word syntax.
15433 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
15434 of the following symbols.
15436 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
15437 `punctuation' (\\s.)
15440 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
15441 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
15442 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
15443 `string-quote' (\\s\")
15444 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
15446 `character-quote' (\\s/)
15447 `comment-start' (\\s<)
15448 `comment-end' (\\s>)
15450 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
15451 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
15453 `(category CATEGORY)'
15454 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
15455 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
15457 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
15458 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
15459 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
15460 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
15464 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
15465 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
15466 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
15467 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
15468 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
15469 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
15470 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
15471 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
15472 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
15473 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
15474 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
15475 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
15476 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
15485 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
15489 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
15491 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
15496 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
15497 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
15499 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15500 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
15502 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15503 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
15504 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
15506 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15507 another name for `submatch'.
15509 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15510 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
15511 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
15512 regular expression.
15514 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
15515 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
15516 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
15517 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
15518 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
15520 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
15521 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
15523 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
15524 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15527 like `zero-or-more'.
15530 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15533 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15535 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
15536 matches one or more occurrences of A.
15539 like `one-or-more'.
15542 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15545 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15547 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
15548 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
15551 like `zero-or-one'.
15554 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15557 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15560 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15562 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
15563 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15566 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
15570 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
15574 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
15575 ;;;;;; (15651 7291))
15576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
15578 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
15579 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
15580 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15582 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
15583 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
15584 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
15585 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
15586 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
15587 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
15588 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
15589 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
15592 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15593 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15594 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15595 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
15596 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
15598 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
15599 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
15600 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15603 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15604 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15605 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15606 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
15607 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
15608 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
15612 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
15613 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
15614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
15616 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
15617 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
15618 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
15620 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
15624 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15394
15626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
15628 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
15629 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
15630 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
15631 \\{scribe-mode-map}
15633 Interesting variables:
15635 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
15636 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
15638 `scribe-electric-quote'
15639 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
15641 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
15642 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
15643 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
15647 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
15648 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15559 7260))
15649 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
15651 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
15652 Control/track scroll locking.
15654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15655 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
15657 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15659 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
15661 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
15662 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
15666 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
15667 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
15668 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
15669 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
15670 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
15671 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (15593 24726))
15672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
15674 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
15675 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
15677 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15679 If `parens', they look like:
15680 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15681 If `angles', they look like:
15682 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15683 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
15684 derived from the envelope-from address.
15686 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
15687 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
15688 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
15689 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
15691 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
15692 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
15693 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
15694 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
15696 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
15697 is a privileged operation.")
15699 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
15700 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
15701 This is done when the message is initialized,
15702 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
15704 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
15705 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
15706 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
15708 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
15709 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
15711 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
15712 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
15713 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
15714 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
15715 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
15716 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
15717 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
15719 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
15720 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
15722 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
15723 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
15724 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
15726 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
15727 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
15728 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
15729 when you first send mail.")
15731 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
15732 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
15733 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
15734 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
15735 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
15737 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
15738 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
15739 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
15740 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
15741 This file need not actually exist.")
15743 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
15744 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
15745 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
15746 If a string, that string is inserted.
15747 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
15748 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
15749 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
15750 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
15752 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
15753 *Directory for mail buffers.
15754 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
15755 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
15757 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
15758 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
15759 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
15760 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
15761 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
15762 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
15763 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
15764 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
15765 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
15766 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
15767 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
15768 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
15769 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
15770 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
15771 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
15773 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
15774 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15775 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15776 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
15777 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
15778 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15780 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
15781 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15782 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
15784 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
15785 User should not set this variable manually,
15786 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
15787 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
15788 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15789 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
15791 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
15792 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
15793 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
15794 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
15796 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
15797 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
15800 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
15802 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
15803 to move to message header fields:
15806 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
15807 when the message is initialized.
15809 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
15810 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
15812 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
15815 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
15816 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
15818 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
15819 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
15821 The second through fifth arguments,
15822 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
15823 the initial contents of those header fields.
15824 These arguments should not have final newlines.
15825 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
15826 original message being replied to, or else an action
15827 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
15828 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
15829 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
15830 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
15831 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
15832 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
15834 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
15835 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
15837 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
15838 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
15842 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15391 29182))
15843 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
15845 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
15846 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
15847 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
15848 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
15849 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
15850 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
15852 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
15856 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
15857 ;;;;;; (15664 47250))
15858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
15860 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15861 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
15863 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
15866 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
15867 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
15868 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
15870 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
15871 your `.emacs' file.
15873 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
15875 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15876 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
15877 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
15879 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15880 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
15881 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
15882 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
15883 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
15884 which this is based.
15886 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15888 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
15889 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
15890 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
15891 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
15893 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
15894 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
15895 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
15897 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
15898 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
15899 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
15900 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
15902 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
15903 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
15904 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
15905 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
15907 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
15909 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
15910 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
15911 To work around that, do:
15912 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
15914 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
15918 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
15919 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
15920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
15922 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
15924 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
15925 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
15926 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
15927 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
15928 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
15929 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
15931 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
15932 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
15933 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
15934 shell-specific features.
15936 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
15937 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
15938 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
15940 \\[sh-case] case statement
15941 \\[sh-for] for loop
15942 \\[sh-function] function definition
15943 \\[sh-if] if statement
15944 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
15945 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
15946 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
15947 \\[sh-select] select loop
15948 \\[sh-until] until loop
15949 \\[sh-while] while loop
15951 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
15952 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
15953 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
15954 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
15955 would indent to the way it currently is.
15956 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
15957 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
15960 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
15961 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
15962 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
15963 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
15964 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
15965 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
15967 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
15969 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
15971 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
15972 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
15973 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
15975 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
15976 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
15978 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
15982 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
15983 ;;;;;; (15524 61380))
15984 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
15986 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
15987 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
15989 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
15990 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
15991 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
15992 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
15995 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
15997 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
15999 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
16000 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
16001 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
16003 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
16004 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
16006 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
16007 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
16008 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
16009 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
16010 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
16011 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
16012 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
16015 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
16016 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
16017 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
16018 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
16019 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
16021 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
16022 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
16023 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
16027 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
16028 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15509
16030 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
16032 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
16033 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
16034 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
16035 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
16036 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
16037 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
16038 in the cluster." t nil)
16040 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
16041 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
16042 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
16043 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
16044 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
16046 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
16047 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
16048 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
16049 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
16050 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
16051 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
16052 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
16054 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
16055 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
16059 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
16060 ;;;;;; (15651 7287))
16061 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
16063 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
16064 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
16065 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
16066 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
16067 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
16070 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
16071 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
16072 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
16073 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
16074 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
16075 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
16076 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
16077 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
16078 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
16079 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
16080 discards input when it starts up.)
16081 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
16082 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
16083 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
16085 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16086 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16087 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16088 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
16089 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16090 `default-process-coding-system'.
16092 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
16093 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
16094 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
16095 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
16097 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16098 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
16102 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15394
16104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
16106 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
16107 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
16108 \\{simula-mode-map}
16109 Variables controlling indentation style:
16110 simula-tab-always-indent
16111 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
16112 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16113 simula-indent-level
16114 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
16115 simula-substatement-offset
16116 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
16117 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
16118 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
16119 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
16120 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
16121 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
16122 simula-label-offset -4711
16123 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
16124 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
16125 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
16126 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
16127 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
16128 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
16129 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
16130 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
16131 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
16132 simula-electric-indent nil
16133 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
16134 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
16135 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
16136 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
16137 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
16138 or nil if they should not be changed.
16139 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
16140 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
16141 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
16142 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
16144 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
16145 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
16147 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
16148 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
16153 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
16154 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
16155 ;;;;;; (15585 20334))
16156 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
16158 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
16159 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
16161 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
16162 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
16163 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
16164 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
16165 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
16167 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
16168 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
16169 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
16170 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
16171 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
16172 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
16173 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
16175 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
16176 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
16179 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
16180 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
16181 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
16182 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
16183 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
16184 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
16185 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
16187 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
16188 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
16191 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
16192 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
16194 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
16195 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
16196 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
16197 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
16199 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
16200 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
16201 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
16202 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
16204 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
16205 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
16206 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
16208 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
16209 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
16211 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
16212 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
16214 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
16215 _ interesting point, interregion here
16216 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
16217 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
16218 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
16219 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
16220 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
16221 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
16224 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
16225 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
16227 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
16228 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
16229 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
16230 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
16231 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
16232 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
16233 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
16234 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
16236 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
16237 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
16238 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
16239 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
16240 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
16243 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
16244 then: insert previously read string once more
16245 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
16246 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
16247 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
16249 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
16250 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
16252 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
16253 Insert the character you type ARG times.
16255 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
16256 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
16257 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
16258 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
16259 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
16262 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
16263 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
16264 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
16268 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15347
16270 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
16272 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
16273 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
16274 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
16278 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
16279 ;;;;;; (14902 55791))
16280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
16282 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
16283 Display textual smileys as images.
16284 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
16285 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
16286 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
16290 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
16291 ;;;;;; (15583 13479))
16292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
16294 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
16298 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15540 36607))
16299 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
16301 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
16302 Play the Snake game.
16303 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
16305 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
16307 Snake mode keybindings:
16309 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
16310 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
16311 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16312 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
16313 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
16314 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
16315 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down" t nil)
16319 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
16320 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
16321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
16323 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16324 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
16325 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16326 Tab indents for C code.
16327 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16328 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16330 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
16331 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
16333 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16334 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
16335 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16336 Tab indents for C code.
16337 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16338 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16340 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
16341 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
16345 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
16346 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
16347 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15533 28773))
16348 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
16350 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
16351 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
16353 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
16354 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
16355 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
16357 For example, the form
16359 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
16360 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
16362 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
16364 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
16365 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16367 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16368 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
16369 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
16372 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16374 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
16375 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16377 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16378 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
16379 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
16382 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16384 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
16385 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
16386 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
16389 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16391 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
16392 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
16393 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
16395 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
16396 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
16398 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
16400 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
16401 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
16402 Requires floating point." nil nil)
16406 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15544
16408 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
16410 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
16413 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
16414 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
16415 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
16416 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
16417 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
16418 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
16419 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
16420 check after each move or undo)
16424 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
16425 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
16426 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
16445 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
16446 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
16447 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
16448 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
16450 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
16451 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
16452 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
16455 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
16456 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
16458 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
16474 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
16476 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
16480 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
16481 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
16482 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15544 37707))
16483 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
16485 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
16486 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
16487 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
16489 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
16490 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
16491 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
16492 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
16495 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
16496 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
16497 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16500 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
16501 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
16503 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
16504 It moves point to the start of the next record.
16505 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
16506 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
16509 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
16510 It should move point to the end of the record.
16512 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
16513 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
16514 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
16515 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
16516 starts at the beginning of the record.
16518 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
16519 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
16520 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
16522 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
16523 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16524 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16525 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16526 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16527 the sort order." t nil)
16529 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
16530 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16531 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16532 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16533 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16534 the sort order." t nil)
16536 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
16537 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16538 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16539 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16540 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16541 the sort order." t nil)
16543 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
16544 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
16545 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16546 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
16547 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
16548 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
16549 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16550 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16551 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
16553 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
16554 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
16555 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16556 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16557 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16558 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
16559 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16560 the sort order." t nil)
16562 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
16563 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
16564 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
16565 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
16566 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
16567 is to be used for sorting.
16568 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
16569 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
16570 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
16571 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
16572 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
16574 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
16576 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16579 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
16580 starting with the letter \"f\",
16581 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
16583 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
16584 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
16585 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
16586 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
16587 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
16588 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
16589 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16592 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
16593 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
16594 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
16595 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
16596 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
16598 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
16599 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
16600 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
16604 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
16605 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15661 53042))
16606 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
16608 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
16610 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
16611 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
16612 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
16613 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
16614 supported at a time.
16615 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
16616 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
16618 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
16619 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
16620 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
16621 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
16625 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
16626 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15185 49575))
16627 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
16629 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16631 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
16632 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
16633 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
16634 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
16635 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
16636 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
16638 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
16639 Check spelling of word at or before point.
16640 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
16641 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
16643 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
16644 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
16645 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
16646 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
16647 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
16649 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
16650 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
16654 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
16656 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
16658 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
16659 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
16661 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
16662 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
16666 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
16667 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
16668 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15430 11109))
16669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
16671 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
16672 Show short help for the SQL modes.
16674 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
16675 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
16677 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
16679 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
16680 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
16682 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
16684 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
16685 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
16686 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
16687 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
16688 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
16689 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
16690 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
16692 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
16694 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
16695 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
16696 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
16697 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
16699 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
16700 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
16701 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
16702 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
16704 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
16705 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
16706 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
16708 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
16709 Major mode to edit SQL.
16711 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
16712 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
16713 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
16716 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
16718 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
16719 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
16720 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
16721 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
16722 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
16723 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
16725 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
16726 `sql-interactive-mode'.
16728 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
16729 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
16730 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
16732 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
16734 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))" t nil)
16736 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
16737 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
16739 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16740 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16743 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
16744 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16745 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
16746 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
16748 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16749 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16751 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16752 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16753 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16754 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16755 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16756 `default-process-coding-system'.
16758 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16760 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
16761 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
16763 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16764 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16767 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
16768 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
16769 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16770 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
16772 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16773 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16775 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16776 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16777 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16778 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16779 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16780 `default-process-coding-system'.
16782 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16784 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
16785 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
16787 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16788 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16791 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
16792 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16794 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16795 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16797 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16798 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16799 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16800 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16801 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16802 `default-process-coding-system'.
16804 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16806 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
16807 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
16809 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
16811 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16812 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16815 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
16816 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
16817 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16818 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
16820 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16821 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16823 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16824 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16825 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16826 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16827 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16828 `default-process-coding-system'.
16830 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16832 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
16833 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
16835 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16836 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16839 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
16840 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
16843 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16844 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16846 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16847 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16848 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16849 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16850 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16851 `default-process-coding-system'.
16853 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16855 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
16856 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
16858 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16859 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16862 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
16863 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16865 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16866 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16868 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16869 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16870 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16871 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16872 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16873 `default-process-coding-system'.
16875 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16877 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
16878 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
16880 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16881 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16884 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
16885 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
16886 as defaults, if set.
16888 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16889 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16891 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16892 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16893 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16894 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16895 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16896 `default-process-coding-system'.
16898 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16900 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
16901 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
16903 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16904 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16907 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
16908 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
16909 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
16910 `sql-postgres-options'.
16912 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16913 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16915 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16916 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16917 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16918 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16919 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16920 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
16921 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
16922 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
16924 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
16925 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
16927 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16929 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
16930 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
16932 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16933 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16936 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
16937 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16940 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16941 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16943 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16944 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16945 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16946 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16947 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16948 `default-process-coding-system'.
16950 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16952 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
16953 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
16955 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16956 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16959 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
16962 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16963 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16965 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
16966 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
16967 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
16968 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
16970 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16971 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16972 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16973 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16974 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16975 `default-process-coding-system'.
16977 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16981 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
16982 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
16983 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
16984 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
16985 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15664
16987 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
16989 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
16990 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
16991 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
16992 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
16993 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
16994 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
16996 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
16997 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16998 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16999 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
17000 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
17001 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
17002 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
17004 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
17005 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
17006 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
17007 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
17008 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
17009 then complete the stroke with button 3.
17010 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
17012 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
17013 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
17014 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
17016 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
17017 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
17018 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
17020 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
17021 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
17023 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
17024 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
17026 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
17027 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
17029 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
17030 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
17031 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
17032 chronologically by command name.
17033 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
17035 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
17036 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
17037 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17039 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
17041 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17043 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
17045 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
17046 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
17047 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
17048 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
17049 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
17050 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
17051 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
17053 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
17054 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
17055 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
17056 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
17058 \\{strokes-mode-map}" t nil)
17060 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
17061 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
17062 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
17063 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
17065 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
17066 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
17070 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
17071 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
17072 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
17074 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
17075 Studlify-case the region." t nil)
17077 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
17078 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil)
17080 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
17081 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil)
17085 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
17086 ;;;;;; (15498 37604))
17087 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
17089 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
17090 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
17091 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
17092 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
17093 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
17094 original message but it does require a few things:
17096 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
17098 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
17101 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
17102 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
17105 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
17107 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
17109 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
17110 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
17111 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
17115 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15569
17117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
17119 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
17120 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
17121 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
17122 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
17124 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
17125 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
17126 avoid a more expansive scan.
17127 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil)
17131 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
17132 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
17134 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
17135 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
17136 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
17137 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
17138 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
17140 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
17141 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
17142 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
17143 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
17144 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
17145 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
17146 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
17150 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15569 44240))
17151 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
17153 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
17154 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
17158 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15590 62428))
17159 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
17161 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
17162 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
17163 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
17164 Letters no longer insert themselves.
17165 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
17166 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
17167 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
17169 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
17170 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
17171 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
17172 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
17174 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
17175 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
17179 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
17180 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15533 28779))
17181 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
17183 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
17184 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
17185 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
17186 Tab indents for Tcl code.
17187 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
17188 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
17190 Variables controlling indentation style:
17192 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
17193 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
17194 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
17196 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
17197 documentation for details):
17198 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
17199 Controls action of TAB key.
17201 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
17202 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
17203 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
17204 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
17205 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
17207 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
17208 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
17209 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
17213 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
17215 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
17216 Run inferior Tcl process.
17217 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
17218 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
17220 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
17221 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
17222 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
17226 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15430 11124))
17227 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
17228 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
17230 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
17231 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
17232 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
17233 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
17234 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
17235 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
17236 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
17237 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
17239 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
17240 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
17241 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
17242 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
17246 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15549
17248 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
17250 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
17251 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
17252 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
17253 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
17254 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
17255 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
17257 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
17258 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
17260 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
17261 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
17265 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15490
17267 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
17269 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
17270 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
17271 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
17272 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
17273 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
17274 program as keyboard input.
17276 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
17277 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
17278 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
17279 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
17281 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
17282 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
17283 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
17284 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
17285 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
17287 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
17289 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
17290 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
17291 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
17292 terminal-redisplay-interval.
17294 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
17295 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
17296 subprocess started." t nil)
17300 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15540 36638))
17301 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
17303 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
17304 Play the Tetris game.
17305 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
17306 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
17307 as to form complete rows.
17309 tetris-mode keybindings:
17310 \\<tetris-mode-map>
17311 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
17312 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
17313 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
17314 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
17315 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
17316 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
17317 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
17318 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
17324 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
17325 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
17326 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17327 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
17328 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
17329 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
17330 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
17331 ;;;;;; (15666 2624))
17332 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
17334 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
17335 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
17337 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
17338 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
17339 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
17340 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
17341 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
17343 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
17344 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
17345 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
17346 if it matches the first line of the file,
17347 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
17349 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
17350 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
17351 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
17352 if the variable is non-nil.")
17354 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
17355 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
17357 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
17358 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
17359 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17360 See the documentation of that variable.")
17362 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
17363 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
17364 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17365 See the documentation of that variable.")
17367 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
17368 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
17369 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17370 See the documentation of that variable.")
17372 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
17373 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
17374 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
17375 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
17376 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17378 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
17379 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
17380 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
17381 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17383 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
17384 *User defined LaTeX block names.
17385 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
17387 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
17388 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
17389 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17390 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17392 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17393 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17394 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17395 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17397 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17398 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
17399 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17400 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
17402 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
17403 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
17406 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17407 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
17409 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
17412 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
17413 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
17414 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17415 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
17417 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
17418 window system being used. For example,
17420 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
17421 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
17423 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
17426 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
17427 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
17428 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
17430 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
17431 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
17432 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
17433 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
17434 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
17436 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
17437 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17439 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
17440 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17442 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17443 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
17444 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
17445 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
17446 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
17447 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
17448 says which mode to use." t nil)
17450 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
17452 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
17454 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
17456 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17457 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
17458 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17459 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17460 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17462 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
17463 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
17464 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17465 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17466 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17467 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17468 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17470 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17471 mismatched $'s or braces.
17474 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
17478 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17480 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
17481 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17482 tex-dvi-print-command
17483 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17484 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17485 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17486 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17487 tex-dvi-view-command
17488 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17489 tex-show-queue-command
17490 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17491 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17493 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17494 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
17495 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17497 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17498 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
17499 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17500 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17501 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17503 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17504 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17505 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17506 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17507 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17508 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17509 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17511 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17512 mismatched $'s or braces.
17519 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17521 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
17522 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17523 tex-dvi-print-command
17524 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17525 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17526 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17527 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17528 tex-dvi-view-command
17529 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17530 tex-show-queue-command
17531 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17532 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17534 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
17535 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
17536 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17538 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17539 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
17540 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17541 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17542 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17544 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17545 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17546 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17547 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17548 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17549 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17550 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17552 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17553 mismatched $'s or braces.
17556 \\{slitex-mode-map}
17560 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17562 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
17563 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17564 tex-dvi-print-command
17565 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17566 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17567 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17568 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17569 tex-dvi-view-command
17570 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17571 tex-show-queue-command
17572 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17573 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17575 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17576 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
17577 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
17578 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17580 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
17584 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
17585 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15498 37611))
17586 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
17588 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
17589 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
17590 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17591 name specified in the @setfilename command.
17593 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
17594 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
17595 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
17597 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
17598 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
17599 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
17600 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
17601 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
17603 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
17604 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
17605 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17606 names specified in the @setfilename command.
17608 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
17609 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
17610 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
17611 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
17613 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
17614 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
17618 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
17619 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15656 53217))
17620 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
17622 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
17623 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17625 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
17626 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17628 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
17629 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
17631 It has these extra commands:
17632 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
17634 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
17635 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
17636 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
17637 modified version of TeX input format.
17639 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
17640 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
17641 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
17642 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
17644 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
17645 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
17646 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
17647 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
17648 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
17649 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
17650 in the Texinfo file.
17652 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
17653 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
17654 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
17655 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
17656 move forward past the closing brace.
17658 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
17659 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
17661 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
17662 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
17663 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
17665 Here are the functions:
17667 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
17668 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
17669 texinfo-sequential-node-update
17671 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
17672 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
17673 texinfo-master-menu
17675 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
17677 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
17678 which menu descriptions are indented.
17680 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
17681 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
17684 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
17685 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
17686 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
17687 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
17689 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
17690 be the first node in the file.
17692 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
17693 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
17697 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
17698 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
17699 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15382 18841))
17700 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
17702 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
17703 Compose Thai characters in the region.
17704 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17705 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
17707 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
17708 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
17710 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
17711 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
17713 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
17715 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
17716 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
17717 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
17718 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
17721 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
17725 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
17726 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
17727 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15185 49574))
17728 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
17730 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
17731 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
17733 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17734 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
17735 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17736 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17737 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17739 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17740 a symbol as a valid THING.
17742 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
17743 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
17745 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17746 Return the THING at point.
17747 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17748 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17749 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17751 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17752 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
17754 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17756 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17758 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17760 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17764 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
17765 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
17766 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
17767 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
17768 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
17769 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15576 41093))
17770 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
17772 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
17773 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
17774 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
17776 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
17777 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
17779 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
17780 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
17781 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
17783 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17784 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
17786 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17787 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
17789 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17790 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
17791 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
17792 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." t nil)
17794 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17795 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
17796 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
17797 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." nil nil)
17799 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17801 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17802 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
17803 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
17805 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17806 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
17807 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
17809 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17811 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17813 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17817 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
17818 ;;;;;; (15489 14486))
17819 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
17821 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
17822 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
17823 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17824 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17826 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17828 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
17829 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
17830 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17831 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17833 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17837 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
17838 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15567 16402))
17839 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
17841 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
17842 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
17844 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
17845 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17846 This display updates automatically every minute.
17847 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17848 are displayed as well.
17849 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17851 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
17852 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
17853 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17855 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
17857 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17859 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
17861 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
17862 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17863 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
17865 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
17866 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17867 are displayed as well.
17868 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17872 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
17873 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
17874 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
17875 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
17876 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
17878 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17879 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value." nil nil)
17881 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
17882 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value." nil nil)
17884 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
17885 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2." nil nil)
17887 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
17888 Convert DAYS into a time value." nil nil)
17890 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
17891 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
17892 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string." nil nil)
17894 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
17896 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
17897 Subtract two time values.
17898 Return the difference in the format of a time value." nil nil)
17900 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
17901 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference." nil nil)
17903 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
17904 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
17905 DATE should be a date-time string." nil nil)
17907 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
17908 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
17909 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings." nil nil)
17911 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
17912 Return t if YEAR is a leap year." nil nil)
17914 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
17915 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year." nil nil)
17917 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
17918 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
17919 TIME should be a time value.
17920 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary." nil nil)
17922 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17923 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
17924 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros." nil nil)
17928 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
17929 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15590 49016))
17930 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
17932 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
17933 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
17934 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
17935 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
17936 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
17937 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
17938 look like one of the following:
17941 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
17942 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
17943 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
17944 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
17945 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
17946 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
17949 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
17950 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
17951 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17955 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
17956 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
17957 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
17958 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
17959 ;;;;;; (15664 47249))
17960 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
17962 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
17963 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
17964 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
17965 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
17966 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
17967 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
17968 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
17969 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
17971 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
17972 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17973 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
17974 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
17975 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
17976 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
17977 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
17978 this function is called within a day.
17980 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
17981 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
17982 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
17983 discover the name of the project." t nil)
17985 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
17986 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17987 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
17988 begun during the last time segment.
17990 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
17991 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
17992 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
17993 discover the reason." t nil)
17995 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
17996 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
17998 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
17999 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
18000 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
18001 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
18002 project you were working on." t nil)
18004 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
18005 Ask the user before clocking out.
18006 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
18008 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
18009 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
18010 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
18012 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
18013 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
18014 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
18015 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
18016 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
18017 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
18019 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
18020 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
18021 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
18022 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
18024 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
18025 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
18026 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
18027 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
18028 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
18029 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
18030 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
18031 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
18036 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
18037 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
18038 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15671 1184))
18039 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
18041 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
18043 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
18044 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
18046 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
18047 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
18049 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
18050 Perform an action at time TIME.
18051 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
18052 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
18053 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
18054 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
18055 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
18056 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
18058 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
18060 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
18061 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
18062 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
18063 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
18064 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
18066 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
18068 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
18069 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
18070 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
18071 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
18073 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
18074 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
18075 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
18076 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
18078 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
18079 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
18081 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
18082 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18084 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
18085 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
18086 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
18087 The call should look like:
18088 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
18089 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
18090 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
18091 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
18092 be detected." nil (quote macro))
18096 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
18097 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15538 21134))
18098 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
18100 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
18101 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
18102 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
18103 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
18105 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
18106 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
18107 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
18108 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
18109 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
18110 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
18111 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
18115 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
18116 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 56039))
18117 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
18118 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
18119 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
18120 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
18122 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
18123 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
18124 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
18125 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
18126 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
18128 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
18129 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
18130 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
18131 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
18132 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
18134 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
18135 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
18136 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
18137 in the menu in two ways:
18138 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
18139 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
18140 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
18142 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
18143 keymap or an alist of alists.
18144 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
18145 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
18149 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
18150 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
18151 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
18152 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
18154 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
18155 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
18157 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
18158 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
18160 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
18161 Insert new TODO list entry.
18162 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
18165 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
18166 List top priorities for each category.
18168 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
18169 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
18171 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
18172 between each category." t nil)
18174 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
18175 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
18176 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
18177 between each category.
18179 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
18181 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
18182 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
18184 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
18186 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
18187 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
18189 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
18190 Show TODO list." t nil)
18194 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
18195 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
18196 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15668 41714))
18197 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
18199 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
18200 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
18201 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18203 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
18205 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18207 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
18209 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
18210 Toggle use of the tool bar.
18211 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
18213 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
18214 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
18216 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
18218 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
18219 Add an item to the tool bar.
18220 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
18221 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
18222 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
18223 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
18225 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
18226 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
18227 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
18229 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
18230 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
18232 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
18233 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
18234 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
18235 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
18236 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
18237 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
18239 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
18240 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
18241 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'." nil nil)
18243 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
18244 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
18245 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
18246 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
18247 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
18248 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
18249 properties to add to the binding.
18251 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
18253 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
18254 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
18256 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
18257 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
18258 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
18259 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
18260 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
18261 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
18262 properties to add to the binding.
18264 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap." nil nil)
18268 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
18269 ;;;;;; (15642 10295))
18270 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
18272 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
18273 Mode for tooltip display.
18274 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
18276 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
18277 Toggle tooltip-mode.
18278 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18279 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
18281 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18283 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
18287 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15651
18289 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
18291 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18293 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18295 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
18296 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
18300 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
18301 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15186 56483))
18302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
18304 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
18305 Set scroll margins." t nil)
18307 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
18308 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
18310 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
18311 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
18315 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15293 32313))
18316 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
18318 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
18319 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
18320 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
18321 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
18322 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
18326 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
18327 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14582 7181))
18328 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
18330 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
18331 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
18333 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
18334 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
18335 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18336 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18337 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18338 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
18339 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
18340 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
18342 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
18343 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
18344 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18345 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18346 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18347 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
18348 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
18352 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-regexp)
18353 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (15674 57885))
18354 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
18356 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
18357 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
18358 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
18359 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
18361 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
18362 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
18363 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
18364 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
18366 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if (featurep (quote xemacs)) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) "\
18367 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
18368 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
18369 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
18370 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
18371 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
18372 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
18373 files which are not really tramp files.
18375 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
18376 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
18377 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
18378 updated after changing this variable.
18380 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure' and `tramp-make-tramp-file-format'.")
18382 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
18383 Invoke tramp file name handler.
18384 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." nil nil)
18386 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
18390 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
18391 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
18392 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
18393 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
18394 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
18395 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
18397 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
18398 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
18399 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
18400 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
18401 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
18402 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
18403 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
18405 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
18406 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
18407 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
18408 accepting the proposed default buffer.
18410 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
18412 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
18413 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
18414 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
18415 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
18416 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
18417 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
18418 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
18420 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
18421 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
18423 First column's text sSs Second column's text
18426 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
18428 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
18432 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
18433 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
18434 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
18435 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14890 29229))
18436 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
18438 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
18439 Toggle typing break mode.
18440 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
18441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18442 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
18444 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18446 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
18448 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
18449 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
18451 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
18452 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
18454 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
18455 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
18456 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
18458 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
18459 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
18461 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
18462 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
18463 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
18465 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
18466 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
18467 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
18468 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
18469 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
18470 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
18472 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
18473 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
18474 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
18475 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
18477 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
18478 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
18480 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
18481 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
18483 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
18484 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
18485 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
18487 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
18488 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
18489 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
18490 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
18491 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
18492 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
18493 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
18495 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
18496 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
18498 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
18499 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
18500 reset the keystroke counter.
18502 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
18503 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
18504 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
18505 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
18507 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
18508 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
18509 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
18510 `type-break-schedule' command.
18512 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
18513 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
18514 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
18515 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
18516 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
18517 or not to continue.
18519 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
18520 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
18521 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
18522 approximate good values for this.
18524 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
18525 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
18527 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
18528 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
18529 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
18530 `type-break-warning-repeat'
18531 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
18532 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
18534 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
18535 a typing break occur. They include:
18537 `type-break-query-mode'
18538 `type-break-query-function'
18539 `type-break-query-interval'
18541 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
18543 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
18544 Take a typing break.
18546 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
18547 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
18549 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
18550 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
18552 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
18553 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
18554 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
18555 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
18557 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
18558 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
18560 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
18561 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
18562 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
18563 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
18564 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
18565 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
18566 average typing speed.)
18568 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
18569 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
18570 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
18571 the computed maximum threshold.
18573 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
18574 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
18575 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
18576 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
18577 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
18581 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
18582 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15185 49575))
18583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
18585 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
18586 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
18587 Works by overstriking underscores.
18588 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18589 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18591 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
18592 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
18593 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18594 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18598 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
18599 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14471 54769))
18600 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
18602 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18603 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
18604 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
18606 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18607 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
18608 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
18609 following the containing message." t nil)
18613 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
18614 ;;;;;; (15214 26446))
18615 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
18617 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18618 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
18619 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
18620 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
18621 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
18622 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
18624 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18625 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
18629 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
18630 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
18631 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
18633 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
18634 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
18635 This function has a choice of three things to do:
18636 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
18637 to refrain from editing the file
18638 return t (grab the lock on the file)
18639 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
18640 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
18641 in any way you like." nil nil)
18643 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
18644 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
18645 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
18646 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
18647 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
18649 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
18650 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
18654 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
18655 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15185 54813))
18656 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
18658 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
18659 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
18660 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
18661 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
18663 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
18664 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
18665 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
18669 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
18670 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
18671 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
18672 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers
18673 ;;;;;; vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action
18674 ;;;;;; vc-do-command edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook
18675 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15672 23277))
18676 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
18678 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
18679 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
18682 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
18683 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
18686 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
18687 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
18690 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
18691 Return the branch part of a revision number REV." nil nil)
18693 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
18694 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
18695 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
18696 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
18697 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
18698 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
18700 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
18701 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
18702 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
18703 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
18704 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
18706 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
18707 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
18708 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
18709 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
18710 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
18711 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
18712 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
18713 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
18714 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
18715 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
18716 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
18718 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
18719 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
18721 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
18722 it will operate on the file in the current line.
18724 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
18725 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
18726 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
18727 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
18728 lock steals will raise an error.
18730 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
18732 For RCS and SCCS files:
18733 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18735 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
18736 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
18737 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
18738 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
18739 it performs a revert.
18740 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
18741 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
18742 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
18743 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
18744 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
18745 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
18746 the option to steal the lock.
18749 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18750 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
18751 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
18752 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
18753 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
18754 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
18755 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
18756 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
18757 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
18759 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
18760 Register the current file into a version control system.
18761 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
18762 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
18764 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
18765 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
18766 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
18767 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
18768 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
18769 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
18771 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
18772 Display diffs between file versions.
18773 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
18774 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
18775 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
18776 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
18777 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
18778 saving the buffer." t nil)
18780 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
18781 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
18782 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
18783 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
18785 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
18786 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
18787 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
18788 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
18790 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
18791 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
18792 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
18793 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
18794 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
18795 from the current branch.
18797 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
18799 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
18800 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
18801 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
18803 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
18804 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
18806 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
18808 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
18809 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
18811 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
18812 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
18813 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
18814 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
18815 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
18816 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
18818 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
18819 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
18820 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
18821 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
18822 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
18823 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
18825 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
18826 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
18828 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
18829 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
18830 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
18831 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
18832 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
18834 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
18835 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
18836 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
18837 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
18838 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
18839 the current branch are merged into the working file." t nil)
18841 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
18842 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
18843 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
18845 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
18846 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
18847 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
18848 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
18849 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
18850 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
18851 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
18853 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
18854 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
18855 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
18856 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
18857 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
18858 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
18859 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
18860 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
18861 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
18863 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
18864 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
18866 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
18867 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
18868 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
18871 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
18873 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
18874 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
18875 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
18877 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
18878 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
18880 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
18881 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
18883 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
18884 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
18885 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
18886 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
18887 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
18888 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18890 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
18891 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
18892 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
18893 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
18894 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
18895 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
18896 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
18897 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18899 Customization variables:
18901 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
18902 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
18903 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
18904 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
18908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15651 7288))
18909 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
18910 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
18911 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
18912 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
18914 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
18918 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
18919 ;;;;;; (15672 23277))
18920 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
18922 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
18923 *Where to look for RCS master files.
18924 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18926 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
18930 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
18931 ;;;;;; (15510 21813))
18932 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
18934 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
18935 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
18936 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18938 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
18940 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
18941 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
18942 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
18943 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
18947 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
18948 ;;;;;; (15440 59334))
18949 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
18951 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
18952 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
18957 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
18958 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
18959 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
18960 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
18961 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
18962 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
18963 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
18964 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
18965 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
18966 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
18967 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18968 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
18969 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
18970 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
18971 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
18972 The following abbreviations can also be used:
18973 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
18974 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
18975 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18977 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
18978 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
18979 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
18981 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
18982 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
18983 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
18984 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
18985 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
18986 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
18987 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
18988 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
18989 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
18991 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
18992 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
18993 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
18994 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
18995 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
18996 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
18997 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
18998 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
19000 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
19001 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
19002 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
19005 `--' puts a single comment.
19006 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
19007 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
19008 comment in between.
19009 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
19011 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
19012 uncomments a region if already commented out.
19014 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
19015 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
19016 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
19017 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
19018 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
19019 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
19020 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
19021 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
19022 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
19023 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
19024 multi-line comments.
19026 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
19027 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
19028 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
19029 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
19030 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
19031 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
19032 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
19033 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
19034 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
19036 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
19037 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
19038 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
19039 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
19040 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
19041 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
19042 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
19043 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
19044 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
19045 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
19047 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
19048 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
19049 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
19050 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
19051 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
19052 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
19053 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
19054 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
19055 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
19056 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
19057 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
19058 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
19059 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
19061 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
19063 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
19066 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
19068 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
19069 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
19070 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
19071 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
19072 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
19074 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
19075 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
19076 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
19077 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
19078 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
19079 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
19080 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
19081 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
19082 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
19084 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
19085 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
19086 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
19087 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
19090 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
19091 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
19092 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
19093 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
19094 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
19095 the current directory for VHDL source files.
19097 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
19098 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
19099 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
19100 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
19101 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
19102 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
19103 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
19104 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
19105 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
19106 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
19107 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
19109 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
19110 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
19113 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
19114 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
19115 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
19116 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
19117 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
19118 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
19119 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
19120 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
19122 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
19123 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
19124 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
19125 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
19126 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
19127 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
19129 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
19130 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
19131 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
19132 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
19133 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
19135 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
19136 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
19137 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
19138 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
19139 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
19141 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
19142 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
19143 highlighted if written in lower case.
19145 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
19146 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
19149 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
19150 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
19151 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
19153 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
19154 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
19155 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
19157 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
19158 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
19159 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
19161 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
19162 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
19163 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
19164 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
19165 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
19166 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
19167 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
19169 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
19170 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
19171 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
19172 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
19173 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
19175 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
19176 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
19177 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
19178 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19181 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
19187 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
19188 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
19190 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
19192 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
19193 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
19194 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
19195 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
19197 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
19198 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
19199 version and release notes can be found.
19202 Bugs and Limitations:
19203 ---------------------
19205 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
19206 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
19207 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
19208 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
19209 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
19210 does not work under XEmacs.
19213 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
19214 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
19219 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
19223 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15186 53885))
19224 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
19226 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
19227 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
19228 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
19229 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
19231 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
19232 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
19233 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
19234 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
19235 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
19237 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
19238 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
19240 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
19242 * Limitations and unsupported features
19243 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
19245 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
19246 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
19249 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
19250 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
19251 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
19252 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
19253 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
19254 for undoing a repeated change command.
19255 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
19256 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
19257 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
19260 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
19261 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
19262 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
19263 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
19264 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
19265 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
19266 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
19267 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
19269 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
19273 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
19274 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
19275 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
19276 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15565 44318))
19277 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
19279 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
19280 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
19282 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
19283 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
19284 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19285 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
19287 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
19288 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
19290 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
19291 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
19292 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19293 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
19295 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
19296 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
19298 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
19300 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
19304 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
19305 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
19306 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15625
19308 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
19310 (defvar view-mode nil "\
19311 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
19312 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
19313 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
19315 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
19317 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
19318 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
19319 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19320 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19321 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19322 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19323 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19325 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19327 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
19328 View FILE in View mode in another window.
19329 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
19330 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19331 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19332 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19333 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19334 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19336 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19338 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
19339 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
19340 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
19341 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19342 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19343 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19344 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19345 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19347 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19349 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
19350 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
19351 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19352 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19353 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19354 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19355 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19357 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19359 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19360 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19361 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19363 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
19364 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
19365 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19366 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19367 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19368 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19369 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19370 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19372 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19374 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19375 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19376 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19378 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
19379 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
19380 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19381 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19382 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19383 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19384 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19385 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19387 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19389 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19390 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19391 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19393 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
19394 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
19395 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
19397 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
19398 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
19399 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
19402 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
19403 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
19404 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
19405 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
19406 commands default to a repeat count of one.
19408 H, h, ? This message.
19409 Digits provide prefix arguments.
19410 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
19411 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
19412 > move to the end of buffer.
19413 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
19414 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
19415 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
19416 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
19417 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
19418 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
19419 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
19420 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
19421 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
19422 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
19423 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
19424 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
19425 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
19426 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
19427 Use this to view a changing file.
19428 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
19429 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
19430 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
19432 x exchanges point and mark.
19433 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
19434 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
19435 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
19436 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
19437 ' go to position saved in character register.
19438 s do forward incremental search.
19439 r do reverse incremental search.
19440 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
19441 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
19442 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
19443 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
19444 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
19445 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
19446 p searches backward for last regular expression.
19447 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
19448 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
19449 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
19450 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
19451 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
19452 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
19453 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
19454 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
19456 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
19457 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
19458 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
19459 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
19460 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
19461 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
19462 will return to that buffer.
19464 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19466 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
19467 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
19468 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
19469 `view-return-to-alist'.
19470 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
19471 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
19472 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
19474 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
19475 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
19476 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
19477 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
19478 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
19480 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
19481 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
19482 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
19483 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
19485 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19487 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
19489 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
19490 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
19494 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15186 56483))
19495 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
19497 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
19498 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
19502 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
19503 ;;;;;; (15564 59462))
19504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
19506 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
19507 Toggle Viper on/off.
19508 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
19510 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
19511 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
19515 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "warnings.el"
19516 ;;;;;; (15673 57258))
19517 ;;; Generated autoloads from warnings.el
19519 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
19520 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
19521 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
19522 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
19523 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
19524 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
19526 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
19527 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
19528 if you do not attend to it promptly.
19529 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
19530 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
19531 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
19532 :debug -- info for debugging only.
19534 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
19535 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
19537 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
19539 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
19540 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features." nil nil)
19542 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
19543 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
19544 Aside from generating the message with `format',
19545 this is equivalent to `display-message'.
19547 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
19548 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
19549 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
19550 can be whatever you like.)
19552 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
19553 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
19554 if you do not attend to it promptly.
19555 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
19556 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances." nil nil)
19558 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
19559 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
19560 Aside from generating the message with `format',
19561 this is equivalent to `display-message', using
19562 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level." nil nil)
19566 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15381 44879))
19567 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
19569 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
19570 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
19572 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
19575 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
19576 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
19580 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
19581 ;;;;;; (15356 16861))
19582 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
19584 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
19586 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
19587 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
19588 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19589 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19590 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
19592 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19594 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
19596 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
19597 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
19598 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
19599 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
19601 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
19602 and off otherwise." t nil)
19606 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
19607 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
19608 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
19609 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
19610 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
19611 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15384 59073))
19612 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
19614 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
19615 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
19617 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
19618 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
19620 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
19621 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
19623 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
19624 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
19626 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
19627 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
19629 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
19630 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
19632 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19633 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19634 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
19635 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19636 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19638 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
19640 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
19641 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
19643 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
19644 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
19646 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
19647 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
19649 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
19650 whitespace problems." t nil)
19652 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
19653 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
19655 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
19656 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
19658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19659 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
19662 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19664 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
19666 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
19667 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
19668 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
19670 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
19671 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
19673 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
19674 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
19675 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
19677 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
19678 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
19680 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
19681 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
19683 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19684 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19685 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
19686 replaced with TABS).
19687 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19688 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19690 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
19692 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
19693 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
19695 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
19696 i - Indentation whitespace.
19697 l - Leading whitespace.
19698 s - Space followed by Tab.
19699 t - Trailing whitespace.
19701 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
19704 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
19705 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
19706 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
19707 always they default to 8.)
19709 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
19710 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
19713 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
19714 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
19715 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
19716 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
19717 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
19718 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
19719 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
19722 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
19725 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
19726 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
19727 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
19731 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
19732 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15467 59919))
19733 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
19735 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
19736 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
19738 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
19739 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
19741 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
19742 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
19744 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
19745 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
19746 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19750 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
19751 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15673
19753 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
19755 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
19756 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget." nil nil)
19758 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
19759 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
19760 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
19762 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
19763 Create widget of TYPE.
19764 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
19766 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
19767 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
19769 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
19770 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only." nil nil)
19772 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
19773 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
19774 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
19776 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
19777 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works." nil nil)
19781 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
19782 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15576
19784 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
19786 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
19787 Select the window to the left of the current one.
19788 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19789 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19790 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
19791 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19792 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19794 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
19795 Select the window above the current one.
19796 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
19797 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
19798 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
19799 negative ARG) of the current window.
19800 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19802 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
19803 Select the window to the right of the current one.
19804 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19805 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
19806 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
19807 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
19808 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19810 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
19811 Select the window below the current one.
19812 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19813 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19814 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
19815 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19816 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19818 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
19819 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
19820 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
19821 Default MODIFIER is 'shift." t nil)
19825 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
19826 ;;;;;; (15483 45821))
19827 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
19829 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
19830 Toggle winner-mode.
19831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19832 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
19834 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19836 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
19838 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
19839 Toggle Winner mode.
19840 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19844 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
19845 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15584 9753))
19846 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
19848 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
19849 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
19850 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
19851 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
19852 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
19853 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
19854 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
19855 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
19857 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
19858 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
19860 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
19861 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
19863 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
19864 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
19865 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
19866 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
19867 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
19868 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
19869 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
19870 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
19874 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
19875 ;;;;;; (15394 13301))
19876 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
19878 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
19879 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
19882 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
19883 are not implemented
19884 - Options for search and replace
19885 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
19886 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
19888 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
19891 The key bindings are:
19901 C-i indent-for-tab-command
19903 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
19904 C-l ws-repeat-search
19907 C-r scroll-down-line
19914 C-y kill-complete-line
19917 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
19918 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
19919 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
19920 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
19921 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
19922 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
19923 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
19924 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
19925 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
19926 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
19927 C-k b ws-begin-block
19928 C-k c ws-copy-block
19929 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
19931 C-k h ws-show-markers
19932 C-k i ws-indent-block
19934 C-k p ws-print-block
19937 C-k s save-some-buffers
19939 C-k u ws-exdent-block
19940 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
19941 C-k v ws-move-block
19942 C-k w ws-write-block
19944 C-k y ws-delete-block
19946 C-o c wordstar-center-line
19947 C-o b switch-to-buffer
19948 C-o j justify-current-line
19951 C-o m auto-fill-mode
19952 C-o r set-fill-column
19953 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
19954 C-o wd delete-other-windows
19955 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
19956 C-o wo other-window
19957 C-o wv split-window-vertically
19959 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
19960 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
19961 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
19962 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
19963 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
19964 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
19965 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
19966 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
19967 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
19968 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
19969 C-q a ws-query-replace
19970 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
19971 C-q c end-of-buffer
19974 C-q k ws-to-block-end
19976 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
19977 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
19978 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
19979 C-q w ws-last-error
19981 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
19986 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15544
19988 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
19990 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
19991 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
19992 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
19994 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
19998 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
19999 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
20000 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
20002 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
20003 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
20005 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
20006 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
20008 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
20009 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
20010 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
20012 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
20013 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
20017 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15640 49864))
20018 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
20020 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
20021 Zone out, completely." t nil)
20025 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
20026 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15567 16402))
20027 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
20029 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
20030 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified." t nil)
20032 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
20033 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
20035 Zone-mode does two things:
20037 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
20038 when saving the file
20040 - fontification" t nil)
20044 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el"
20045 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "international/utf-8.el" "international/utf-8-subst.el"
20046 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-tables.el" "international/mule.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
20047 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/characters.el"
20048 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "subr.el" "startup.el" "simple.el" "replace.el"
20049 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "loadup.el" "help.el" "finder-inf.el" "files.el"
20050 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "bindings.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "ediff-ptch.el"
20051 ;;;;;; "select.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
20052 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
20053 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
20054 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
20055 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/page.el"
20056 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
20057 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/vt420.el"
20058 ;;;;;; "term/vt400.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt300.el" "term/vt240.el"
20059 ;;;;;; "term/vt220.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt200.el" "term/vt125.el"
20060 ;;;;;; "term/vt102.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/tvi970.el" "term/sup-mouse.el"
20061 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/pc-win.el"
20062 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/linux.el" "term/keyswap.el"
20063 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/internal.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
20064 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/AT386.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
20065 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
20066 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
20067 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "play/meese.el"
20068 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
20069 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
20070 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
20071 ;;;;;; "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
20072 ;;;;;; "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
20073 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/mspools.el"
20074 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-seq.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
20075 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
20076 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/thai.el" "language/slovak.el"
20077 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/lao.el"
20078 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/indian.el"
20079 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/greek.el" "language/european.el"
20080 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/english.el" "language/devanagari.el"
20081 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/chinese.el" "international/swedish.el"
20082 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/latin-9.el" "international/latin-8.el"
20083 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-3.el"
20084 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-1.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
20085 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/iso-swed.el"
20086 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
20087 ;;;;;; "gnus/webmail.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
20088 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
20089 ;;;;;; "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
20090 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
20091 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
20092 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
20093 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
20094 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
20095 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
20096 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
20097 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
20098 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
20099 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
20100 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el"
20101 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
20102 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
20103 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
20104 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
20105 ;;;;;; "gnus/flow-fill.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
20106 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
20107 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
20108 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
20109 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
20110 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
20111 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el"
20112 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
20113 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
20114 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20115 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
20116 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
20117 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
20118 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
20119 ;;;;;; "net/netrc.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
20120 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
20121 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
20122 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
20123 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
20124 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
20125 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
20126 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
20127 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
20128 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
20129 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
20130 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
20131 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
20132 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
20133 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
20134 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
20135 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
20136 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
20137 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
20138 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
20139 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
20140 ;;;;;; "xml.el" "window.el" "widget.el" "vt100-led.el" "vt-control.el"
20141 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vms-patch.el" "vcursor.el" "unused.el" "timezone.el"
20142 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "soundex.el" "scroll-bar.el" "saveplace.el" "s-region.el"
20143 ;;;;;; "register.el" "regi.el" "pcvs-util.el" "paths.el" "patcomp.el"
20144 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" "mouse-copy.el" "misc.el" "map-ynp.el" "kermit.el"
20145 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "generic-x.el" "frame.el" "forms-pass.el" "forms-d2.el"
20146 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "float-sup.el" "env.el" "emacs-lock.el" "electric.el"
20147 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-init.el"
20148 ;;;;;; "ediff-hook.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-fns.el" "cus-start.el"
20149 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cdl.el" "case-table.el" "byte-run.el" "buff-menu.el"
20150 ;;;;;; "abbrevlist.el" "abbrev.el" "custom.el" "indent.el" "version.el"
20151 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "xscheme.el" "net/ldap.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
20152 ;;;;;; "term/x-win.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
20153 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
20154 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el"
20155 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "allout.el" "dos-w32.el"
20156 ;;;;;; "ediff-diff.el" "faces.el" "filesets.el" "font-core.el" "format.el"
20157 ;;;;;; "menu-bar.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "uniquify.el"
20158 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
20159 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
20160 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
20161 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
20162 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "net/tramp-vc.el"
20163 ;;;;;; "obsolete/c-mode.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
20164 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/w32-win.el"
20165 ;;;;;; "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "subdirs.el")
20166 ;;;;;; (15675 11367 371259))
20170 ;;; Local Variables:
20171 ;;; version-control: never
20172 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
20173 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
20175 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here